diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'doc/src')
98 files changed, 3460 insertions, 3460 deletions
diff --git a/doc/src/corelib/containers.qdoc b/doc/src/corelib/containers.qdoc index e28c3bdbfe..b63cc9df28 100644 --- a/doc/src/corelib/containers.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/corelib/containers.qdoc @@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ efficient hash-lookup of objects in a limited cache storage. \table - \header \o Class \o Summary + \header \li Class \li Summary - \row \o \l{QList}<T> - \o This is by far the most commonly used container class. It + \row \li \l{QList}<T> + \li This is by far the most commonly used container class. It stores a list of values of a given type (T) that can be accessed by index. Internally, the QList is implemented using an array, ensuring that index-based access is very fast. @@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ possible in the executable. QStringList inherits from QList<QString>. - \row \o \l{QLinkedList}<T> - \o This is similar to QList, except that it uses + \row \li \l{QLinkedList}<T> + \li This is similar to QList, except that it uses iterators rather than integer indexes to access items. It also provides better performance than QList when inserting in the middle of a huge list, and it has nicer iterator semantics. @@ -128,48 +128,48 @@ long as the item exists, whereas iterators to a QList can become invalid after any insertion or removal.) - \row \o \l{QVector}<T> - \o This stores an array of values of a given type at adjacent + \row \li \l{QVector}<T> + \li This stores an array of values of a given type at adjacent positions in memory. Inserting at the front or in the middle of a vector can be quite slow, because it can lead to large numbers of items having to be moved by one position in memory. - \row \o \l{QStack}<T> - \o This is a convenience subclass of QVector that provides + \row \li \l{QStack}<T> + \li This is a convenience subclass of QVector that provides "last in, first out" (LIFO) semantics. It adds the following functions to those already present in QVector: \l{QStack::push()}{push()}, \l{QStack::pop()}{pop()}, and \l{QStack::top()}{top()}. - \row \o \l{QQueue}<T> - \o This is a convenience subclass of QList that provides + \row \li \l{QQueue}<T> + \li This is a convenience subclass of QList that provides "first in, first out" (FIFO) semantics. It adds the following functions to those already present in QList: \l{QQueue::enqueue()}{enqueue()}, \l{QQueue::dequeue()}{dequeue()}, and \l{QQueue::head()}{head()}. - \row \o \l{QSet}<T> - \o This provides a single-valued mathematical set with fast + \row \li \l{QSet}<T> + \li This provides a single-valued mathematical set with fast lookups. - \row \o \l{QMap}<Key, T> - \o This provides a dictionary (associative array) that maps keys + \row \li \l{QMap}<Key, T> + \li This provides a dictionary (associative array) that maps keys of type Key to values of type T. Normally each key is associated with a single value. QMap stores its data in Key order; if order doesn't matter QHash is a faster alternative. - \row \o \l{QMultiMap}<Key, T> - \o This is a convenience subclass of QMap that provides a nice + \row \li \l{QMultiMap}<Key, T> + \li This is a convenience subclass of QMap that provides a nice interface for multi-valued maps, i.e. maps where one key can be associated with multiple values. - \row \o \l{QHash}<Key, T> - \o This has almost the same API as QMap, but provides + \row \li \l{QHash}<Key, T> + \li This has almost the same API as QMap, but provides significantly faster lookups. QHash stores its data in an arbitrary order. - \row \o \l{QMultiHash}<Key, T> - \o This is a convenience subclass of QHash that + \row \li \l{QMultiHash}<Key, T> + \li This is a convenience subclass of QHash that provides a nice interface for multi-valued hashes. \endtable @@ -271,20 +271,20 @@ read-write access. \table - \header \o Containers \o Read-only iterator - \o Read-write iterator - \row \o QList<T>, QQueue<T> \o QListIterator<T> - \o QMutableListIterator<T> - \row \o QLinkedList<T> \o QLinkedListIterator<T> - \o QMutableLinkedListIterator<T> - \row \o QVector<T>, QStack<T> \o QVectorIterator<T> - \o QMutableVectorIterator<T> - \row \o QSet<T> \o QSetIterator<T> - \o QMutableSetIterator<T> - \row \o QMap<Key, T>, QMultiMap<Key, T> \o QMapIterator<Key, T> - \o QMutableMapIterator<Key, T> - \row \o QHash<Key, T>, QMultiHash<Key, T> \o QHashIterator<Key, T> - \o QMutableHashIterator<Key, T> + \header \li Containers \li Read-only iterator + \li Read-write iterator + \row \li QList<T>, QQueue<T> \li QListIterator<T> + \li QMutableListIterator<T> + \row \li QLinkedList<T> \li QLinkedListIterator<T> + \li QMutableLinkedListIterator<T> + \row \li QVector<T>, QStack<T> \li QVectorIterator<T> + \li QMutableVectorIterator<T> + \row \li QSet<T> \li QSetIterator<T> + \li QMutableSetIterator<T> + \row \li QMap<Key, T>, QMultiMap<Key, T> \li QMapIterator<Key, T> + \li QMutableMapIterator<Key, T> + \row \li QHash<Key, T>, QMultiHash<Key, T> \li QHashIterator<Key, T> + \li QMutableHashIterator<Key, T> \endtable In this discussion, we will concentrate on QList and QMap. The @@ -334,23 +334,23 @@ The following table summarizes the QListIterator API: \table - \header \o Function \o Behavior - \row \o \l{QListIterator::toFront()}{toFront()} - \o Moves the iterator to the front of the list (before the first item) - \row \o \l{QListIterator::toBack()}{toBack()} - \o Moves the iterator to the back of the list (after the last item) - \row \o \l{QListIterator::hasNext()}{hasNext()} - \o Returns true if the iterator isn't at the back of the list - \row \o \l{QListIterator::next()}{next()} - \o Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position - \row \o \l{QListIterator::peekNext()}{peekNext()} - \o Returns the next item without moving the iterator - \row \o \l{QListIterator::hasPrevious()}{hasPrevious()} - \o Returns true if the iterator isn't at the front of the list - \row \o \l{QListIterator::previous()}{previous()} - \o Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one position - \row \o \l{QListIterator::peekPrevious()}{peekPrevious()} - \o Returns the previous item without moving the iterator + \header \li Function \li Behavior + \row \li \l{QListIterator::toFront()}{toFront()} + \li Moves the iterator to the front of the list (before the first item) + \row \li \l{QListIterator::toBack()}{toBack()} + \li Moves the iterator to the back of the list (after the last item) + \row \li \l{QListIterator::hasNext()}{hasNext()} + \li Returns true if the iterator isn't at the back of the list + \row \li \l{QListIterator::next()}{next()} + \li Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position + \row \li \l{QListIterator::peekNext()}{peekNext()} + \li Returns the next item without moving the iterator + \row \li \l{QListIterator::hasPrevious()}{hasPrevious()} + \li Returns true if the iterator isn't at the front of the list + \row \li \l{QListIterator::previous()}{previous()} + \li Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one position + \row \li \l{QListIterator::peekPrevious()}{peekPrevious()} + \li Returns the previous item without moving the iterator \endtable QListIterator provides no functions to insert or remove items @@ -440,20 +440,20 @@ possible because they are faster than read-write iterators. \table - \header \o Containers \o Read-only iterator - \o Read-write iterator - \row \o QList<T>, QQueue<T> \o QList<T>::const_iterator - \o QList<T>::iterator - \row \o QLinkedList<T> \o QLinkedList<T>::const_iterator - \o QLinkedList<T>::iterator - \row \o QVector<T>, QStack<T> \o QVector<T>::const_iterator - \o QVector<T>::iterator - \row \o QSet<T> \o QSet<T>::const_iterator - \o QSet<T>::iterator - \row \o QMap<Key, T>, QMultiMap<Key, T> \o QMap<Key, T>::const_iterator - \o QMap<Key, T>::iterator - \row \o QHash<Key, T>, QMultiHash<Key, T> \o QHash<Key, T>::const_iterator - \o QHash<Key, T>::iterator + \header \li Containers \li Read-only iterator + \li Read-write iterator + \row \li QList<T>, QQueue<T> \li QList<T>::const_iterator + \li QList<T>::iterator + \row \li QLinkedList<T> \li QLinkedList<T>::const_iterator + \li QLinkedList<T>::iterator + \row \li QVector<T>, QStack<T> \li QVector<T>::const_iterator + \li QVector<T>::iterator + \row \li QSet<T> \li QSet<T>::const_iterator + \li QSet<T>::iterator + \row \li QMap<Key, T>, QMultiMap<Key, T> \li QMap<Key, T>::const_iterator + \li QMap<Key, T>::iterator + \row \li QHash<Key, T>, QMultiHash<Key, T> \li QHash<Key, T>::const_iterator + \li QHash<Key, T>::iterator \endtable The API of the STL iterators is modelled on pointers in an array. @@ -509,13 +509,13 @@ The following table summarizes the STL-style iterators' API: \table - \header \o Expression \o Behavior - \row \o \c{*i} \o Returns the current item - \row \o \c{++i} \o Advances the iterator to the next item - \row \o \c{i += n} \o Advances the iterator by \c n items - \row \o \c{--i} \o Moves the iterator back by one item - \row \o \c{i -= n} \o Moves the iterator back by \c n items - \row \o \c{i - j} \o Returns the number of items between iterators \c i and \c j + \header \li Expression \li Behavior + \row \li \c{*i} \li Returns the current item + \row \li \c{++i} \li Advances the iterator to the next item + \row \li \c{i += n} \li Advances the iterator by \c n items + \row \li \c{--i} \li Moves the iterator back by one item + \row \li \c{i -= n} \li Moves the iterator back by \c n items + \row \li \c{i - j} \li Returns the number of items between iterators \c i and \c j \endtable The \c{++} and \c{--} operators are available both as prefix @@ -625,17 +625,17 @@ be used with the \c foreach keyword. \list - \o QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> provides a low-level + \li QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> provides a low-level variable-length array. It can be used instead of QVector in places where speed is particularly important. - \o QCache<Key, T> provides a cache to store objects of a certain + \li QCache<Key, T> provides a cache to store objects of a certain type T associated with keys of type Key. - \o QContiguousCache<T> provides an efficient way of caching data + \li QContiguousCache<T> provides an efficient way of caching data that is typically accessed in a contiguous way. - \o QPair<T1, T2> stores a pair of elements. + \li QPair<T1, T2> stores a pair of elements. \endlist Additional non-template types that compete with Qt's template @@ -662,27 +662,27 @@ \keyword quadratic time \list - \o \bold{Constant time:} O(1). A function is said to run in constant + \li \b{Constant time:} O(1). A function is said to run in constant time if it requires the same amount of time no matter how many items are present in the container. One example is QLinkedList::insert(). - \o \bold{Logarithmic time:} O(log \e n). A function that runs in + \li \b{Logarithmic time:} O(log \e n). A function that runs in logarithmic time is a function whose running time is proportional to the logarithm of the number of items in the container. One example is qBinaryFind(). - \o \bold{Linear time:} O(\e n). A function that runs in linear time + \li \b{Linear time:} O(\e n). A function that runs in linear time will execute in a time directly proportional to the number of items stored in the container. One example is QVector::insert(). - \o \bold{Linear-logarithmic time:} O(\e{n} log \e n). A function + \li \b{Linear-logarithmic time:} O(\e{n} log \e n). A function that runs in linear-logarithmic time is asymptotically slower than a linear-time function, but faster than a quadratic-time function. - \o \bold{Quadratic time:} O(\e{n}\unicode{178}). A quadratic-time function + \li \b{Quadratic time:} O(\e{n}\unicode{178}). A quadratic-time function executes in a time that is proportional to the square of the number of items stored in the container. \endlist @@ -691,10 +691,10 @@ sequential container classes: \table - \header \o \o Index lookup \o Insertion \o Prepending \o Appending - \row \o QLinkedList<T> \o O(\e n) \o O(1) \o O(1) \o O(1) - \row \o QList<T> \o O(1) \o O(n) \o Amort. O(1) \o Amort. O(1) - \row \o QVector<T> \o O(1) \o O(n) \o O(n) \o Amort. O(1) + \header \li \li Index lookup \li Insertion \li Prepending \li Appending + \row \li QLinkedList<T> \li O(\e n) \li O(1) \li O(1) \li O(1) + \row \li QList<T> \li O(1) \li O(n) \li Amort. O(1) \li Amort. O(1) + \row \li QVector<T> \li O(1) \li O(n) \li O(n) \li Amort. O(1) \endtable In the table, "Amort." stands for "amortized behavior". For @@ -707,12 +707,12 @@ associative containers and sets: \table - \header \o{1,2} \o{2,1} Key lookup \o{2,1} Insertion - \header \o Average \o Worst case \o Average \o Worst case - \row \o QMap<Key, T> \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) - \row \o QMultiMap<Key, T> \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) - \row \o QHash<Key, T> \o Amort. O(1) \o O(\e n) \o Amort. O(1) \o O(\e n) - \row \o QSet<Key> \o Amort. O(1) \o O(\e n) \o Amort. O(1) \o O(\e n) + \header \li{1,2} \li{2,1} Key lookup \li{2,1} Insertion + \header \li Average \li Worst case \li Average \li Worst case + \row \li QMap<Key, T> \li O(log \e n) \li O(log \e n) \li O(log \e n) \li O(log \e n) + \row \li QMultiMap<Key, T> \li O(log \e n) \li O(log \e n) \li O(log \e n) \li O(log \e n) + \row \li QHash<Key, T> \li Amort. O(1) \li O(\e n) \li Amort. O(1) \li O(\e n) + \row \li QSet<Key> \li Amort. O(1) \li O(\e n) \li Amort. O(1) \li O(\e n) \endtable With QVector, QHash, and QSet, the performance of appending items @@ -749,13 +749,13 @@ The values above may seem a bit strange, but here are the guiding principles: \list - \o QString allocates 4 characters at a time until it reaches size 20. - \o From 20 to 4084, it advances by doubling the size each time. + \li QString allocates 4 characters at a time until it reaches size 20. + \li From 20 to 4084, it advances by doubling the size each time. More precisely, it advances to the next power of two, minus 12. (Some memory allocators perform worst when requested exact powers of two, because they use a few bytes per block for book-keeping.) - \o From 4084 on, it advances by blocks of 2048 characters (4096 + \li From 4084 on, it advances by blocks of 2048 characters (4096 bytes). This makes sense because modern operating systems don't copy the entire data when reallocating a buffer; the physical memory pages are simply reordered, and only the data @@ -787,12 +787,12 @@ use to store the items: \list - \o \l{QString::capacity()}{capacity()} returns the + \li \l{QString::capacity()}{capacity()} returns the number of items for which memory is allocated (for QHash and QSet, the number of buckets in the hash table). - \o \l{QString::reserve()}{reserve}(\e size) explicitly + \li \l{QString::reserve()}{reserve}(\e size) explicitly preallocates memory for \e size items. - \o \l{QString::squeeze()}{squeeze()} frees any memory + \li \l{QString::squeeze()}{squeeze()} frees any memory not required to store the items. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/corelib/json.qdoc b/doc/src/corelib/json.qdoc index 91a89761e3..88b5377074 100644 --- a/doc/src/corelib/json.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/corelib/json.qdoc @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ JSON is a format to store structured data. It has 6 basic data types: \list - \o bool - \o double - \o string - \o array - \o object - \o null + \li bool + \li double + \li string + \li array + \li object + \li null \endlist Any value can be any of the above type. A boolean value is represented by the diff --git a/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/metaobjects.qdoc b/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/metaobjects.qdoc index 7edb376e25..c92f6f2f09 100644 --- a/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/metaobjects.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/metaobjects.qdoc @@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ The meta-object system is based on three things: \list 1 - \o The \l QObject class provides a base class for objects that can + \li The \l QObject class provides a base class for objects that can take advantage of the meta-object system. - \o The Q_OBJECT macro inside the private section of the class + \li The Q_OBJECT macro inside the private section of the class declaration is used to enable meta-object features, such as dynamic properties, signals, and slots. - \o The \l{moc}{Meta-Object Compiler} (\c moc) supplies each + \li The \l{moc}{Meta-Object Compiler} (\c moc) supplies each QObject subclass with the necessary code to implement meta-object features. \endlist @@ -64,19 +64,19 @@ additional features: \list - \o QObject::metaObject() returns the associated + \li QObject::metaObject() returns the associated \l{QMetaObject}{meta-object} for the class. - \o QMetaObject::className() returns the class name as a + \li QMetaObject::className() returns the class name as a string at run-time, without requiring native run-time type information (RTTI) support through the C++ compiler. - \o QObject::inherits() function returns whether an object is an + \li QObject::inherits() function returns whether an object is an instance of a class that inherits a specified class within the QObject inheritance tree. - \o QObject::tr() and QObject::trUtf8() translate strings for + \li QObject::tr() and QObject::trUtf8() translate strings for \l{Internationalization with Qt}{internationalization}. - \o QObject::setProperty() and QObject::property() + \li QObject::setProperty() and QObject::property() dynamically set and get properties by name. - \o QMetaObject::newInstance() constructs a new instance of the class. + \li QMetaObject::newInstance() constructs a new instance of the class. \endlist \target qobjectcast diff --git a/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/object.qdoc b/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/object.qdoc index cf3ce4ef31..4e212b37dd 100644 --- a/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/object.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/object.qdoc @@ -41,20 +41,20 @@ Qt adds these features to C++: \list - \o a very powerful mechanism for seamless object + \li a very powerful mechanism for seamless object communication called \l{signals and slots} - \o queryable and designable \l{Qt's Property System}{object + \li queryable and designable \l{Qt's Property System}{object properties} - \o powerful \l{The Event System}{events and event filters} - \o contextual \l{i18n}{string translation for internationalization} - \o sophisticated interval driven \l timers that make it possible + \li powerful \l{The Event System}{events and event filters} + \li contextual \l{i18n}{string translation for internationalization} + \li sophisticated interval driven \l timers that make it possible to elegantly integrate many tasks in an event-driven GUI - \o hierarchical and queryable \l{Object Trees & Ownership}{object + \li hierarchical and queryable \l{Object Trees & Ownership}{object trees} that organize object ownership in a natural way - \o guarded pointers (QPointer) that are automatically + \li guarded pointers (QPointer) that are automatically set to 0 when the referenced object is destroyed, unlike normal C++ pointers which become dangling pointers when their objects are destroyed - \o a \l{metaobjects.html#qobjectcast}{dynamic cast} that works across + \li a \l{metaobjects.html#qobjectcast}{dynamic cast} that works across library boundaries. \endlist @@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ or assigning a value. We can see what this means in the Qt Object Model. - \bold{A Qt Object...} + \b{A Qt Object...} \list - \o might have a unique \l{QObject::objectName()}. If we copy a Qt + \li might have a unique \l{QObject::objectName()}. If we copy a Qt Object, what name should we give the copy? - \o has a location in an \l{Object Trees & Ownership} + \li has a location in an \l{Object Trees & Ownership} {object hierarchy}. If we copy a Qt Object, where should the copy be located? - \o can be connected to other Qt Objects to emit signals to them or + \li can be connected to other Qt Objects to emit signals to them or to receive signals emitted by them. If we copy a Qt Object, how should we transfer these connections to the copy? - \o can have \l{Qt's Property System} {new properties} added to it + \li can have \l{Qt's Property System} {new properties} added to it at runtime that are not declared in the C++ class. If we copy a Qt Object, should the copy include the properties that were added to the original? diff --git a/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/properties.qdoc b/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/properties.qdoc index 894efd017d..4d090af8fc 100644 --- a/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/properties.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/corelib/objectmodel/properties.qdoc @@ -58,20 +58,20 @@ \list - \o A \c READ accessor function is required. It is for reading the + \li A \c READ accessor function is required. It is for reading the property value. Ideally, a const function is used for this purpose, and it must return either the property's type or a pointer or reference to that type. e.g., QWidget::focus is a read-only property with \c READ function, QWidget::hasFocus(). - \o A \c WRITE accessor function is optional. It is for setting the + \li A \c WRITE accessor function is optional. It is for setting the property value. It must return void and must take exactly one argument, either of the property's type or a pointer or reference to that type. e.g., QWidget::enabled has the \c WRITE function QWidget::setEnabled(). Read-only properties do not need \c WRITE functions. e.g., QWidget::focus has no \c WRITE function. - \o A \c RESET function is optional. It is for setting the property + \li A \c RESET function is optional. It is for setting the property back to its context specific default value. e.g., QWidget::cursor has the typical \c READ and \c WRITE functions, QWidget::cursor() and QWidget::setCursor(), and it also has a \c RESET function, @@ -79,26 +79,26 @@ mean \e {reset to the context specific cursor}. The \c RESET function must return void and take no parameters. - \o A \c NOTIFY signal is optional. If defined, it should specify one + \li A \c NOTIFY signal is optional. If defined, it should specify one existing signal in that class that is emitted whenever the value of the property changes. - \o A \c REVISION number is optional. If included, it defines the + \li A \c REVISION number is optional. If included, it defines the the property and its notifier signal to be used in a particular revision of the API that is exposed to QML. - \o The \c DESIGNABLE attribute indicates whether the property + \li The \c DESIGNABLE attribute indicates whether the property should be visible in the property editor of GUI design tool (e.g., \l {Qt Designer}). Most properties are \c DESIGNABLE (default true). Instead of true or false, you can specify a boolean member function. - \o The \c SCRIPTABLE attribute indicates whether this property + \li The \c SCRIPTABLE attribute indicates whether this property should be accessible by a scripting engine (default true). Instead of true or false, you can specify a boolean member function. - \o The \c STORED attribute indicates whether the property should + \li The \c STORED attribute indicates whether the property should be thought of as existing on its own or as depending on other values. It also indicates whether the property value must be saved when storing the object's state. Most properties are \c STORED @@ -106,20 +106,20 @@ false, because its value is just taken from the width component of property QWidget::minimumSize(), which is a QSize. - \o The \c USER attribute indicates whether the property is + \li The \c USER attribute indicates whether the property is designated as the user-facing or user-editable property for the class. Normally, there is only one \c USER property per class (default false). e.g., QAbstractButton::checked is the user editable property for (checkable) buttons. Note that QItemDelegate gets and sets a widget's \c USER property. - \o The presence of the \c CONSTANT attibute indicates that the property + \li The presence of the \c CONSTANT attibute indicates that the property value is constant. For a given object instance, the READ method of a constant property must return the same value every time it is called. This constant value may be different for different instances of the object. A constant property cannot have a WRITE method or a NOTIFY signal. - \o The presence of the \c FINAL attribute indicates that the property + \li The presence of the \c FINAL attribute indicates that the property will not be overridden by a derived class. This can be used for performance optimizations in some cases, but is not enforced by moc. Care must be taken never to override a \c FINAL property. diff --git a/doc/src/corelib/threads-basics.qdoc b/doc/src/corelib/threads-basics.qdoc index 44a3961177..e54f8a7ccb 100644 --- a/doc/src/corelib/threads-basics.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/corelib/threads-basics.qdoc @@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ There are basically two use cases for threads: \list - \o Make processing faster by making use of multicore processors. - \o Keep the GUI thread or other time critical threads responsive by + \li Make processing faster by making use of multicore processors. + \li Keep the GUI thread or other time critical threads responsive by offloading long lasting processing or blocking calls to other threads. \endlist @@ -138,23 +138,23 @@ \table \header - \o Alternative - \o Comment + \li Alternative + \li Comment \row - \o QEventLoop::processEvents() - \o Calling QEventLoop::processEvents() repeatedly during a + \li QEventLoop::processEvents() + \li Calling QEventLoop::processEvents() repeatedly during a time-consuming calculation prevents GUI blocking. However, this solution doesn't scale well because the call to processEvents() may occur too often, or not often enough, depending on hardware. \row - \o QTimer - \o Background processing can sometimes be done conveniently using a + \li QTimer + \li Background processing can sometimes be done conveniently using a timer to schedule execution of a slot at some point in the future. A timer with an interval of 0 will time out as soon as there are no more events to process. \row - \o QSocketNotifier QNetworkAccessManager QIODevice::readyRead() - \o This is an alternative to having one or multiple threads, each with + \li QSocketNotifier QNetworkAccessManager QIODevice::readyRead() + \li This is an alternative to having one or multiple threads, each with a blocking read on a slow network connection. As long as the calculation in response to a chunk of network data can be executed quickly, this reactive design is better than synchronous waiting in @@ -183,55 +183,55 @@ \table \header - \o Lifetime of thread - \o Development task - \o Solution + \li Lifetime of thread + \li Development task + \li Solution \row - \o One call - \o Run one method within another thread and quit the thread when the + \li One call + \li Run one method within another thread and quit the thread when the method is finished. - \o Qt provides different solutions: + \li Qt provides different solutions: \list - \o Write a function and run it with QtConcurrent::run() - \o Derive a class from QRunnable and run it in the global thread + \li Write a function and run it with QtConcurrent::run() + \li Derive a class from QRunnable and run it in the global thread pool with QThreadPool::globalInstance()->start() - \o Derive a class from QThread, reimplement the QThread::run() + \li Derive a class from QThread, reimplement the QThread::run() method and use QThread::start() to run it. \endlist \row - \o One call - \o Operations are to be performed on all items of a container. + \li One call + \li Operations are to be performed on all items of a container. Processing should be performed using all available cores. A common example is to produce thumbnails from a list of images. - \o QtConcurrent provides the \l{QtConcurrent::}{map()} function for + \li QtConcurrent provides the \l{QtConcurrent::}{map()} function for applying operations on every container element, \l{QtConcurrent::}{filter()} for selecting container elements, and the option of specifying a reduce function for combining the remaining elements. \row - \o One call - \o A long running operation has to be put in another thread. During the + \li One call + \li A long running operation has to be put in another thread. During the course of processing, status information should be sent to the GUI thread. - \o Use QThread, reimplement run and emit signals as needed. Connect the + \li Use QThread, reimplement run and emit signals as needed. Connect the signals to the GUI thread's slots using queued signal/slot connections. \row - \o Permanent - \o Have an object living in another thread and let it perform different + \li Permanent + \li Have an object living in another thread and let it perform different tasks upon request. This means communication to and from the worker thread is required. - \o Derive a class from QObject and implement the necessary slots and + \li Derive a class from QObject and implement the necessary slots and signals, move the object to a thread with a running event loop and communicate with the object over queued signal/slot connections. \row - \o Permanent - \o Have an object living in another thread, let the object perform + \li Permanent + \li Have an object living in another thread, let the object perform repeated tasks such as polling a port and enable communication with the GUI thread. - \o Same as above but also use a timer in the worker thread to implement + \li Same as above but also use a timer in the worker thread to implement polling. However, the best solution for polling is to avoid it completely. Sometimes using QSocketNotifier is an alternative. \endtable @@ -304,18 +304,18 @@ The anatomy of QThread is quite interesting: \list - \o QThread does not live in the new thread where \l{QThread::}{run()} is + \li QThread does not live in the new thread where \l{QThread::}{run()} is executed. It lives in the old thread. - \o Most QThread methods are the thread's control interface and are meant to + \li Most QThread methods are the thread's control interface and are meant to be called from the old thread. Do not move this interface to the newly created thread using \l{QObject::}{moveToThread()}; i.e., calling \l{QObject::moveToThread()}{moveToThread(this)} is regarded as bad practice. - \o \l{QThread::}{exec()} and the static methods + \li \l{QThread::}{exec()} and the static methods \l{QThread::}{usleep()}, \l{QThread::}{msleep()}, \l{QThread::}{sleep()} are meant to be called from the newly created thread. - \o Additional members defined in the QThread subclass are + \li Additional members defined in the QThread subclass are accessible by both threads. The developer is responsible for coordinating access. A typical strategy is to set the members before \l{QThread::}{start()} is called. Once the worker thread is running, @@ -432,11 +432,11 @@ main thread. \list - \o Using QThread as shown \l{Qt thread basics}{above} - \o \l{Example 1: Using the Thread Pool}{Using the global QThreadPool} - \o \l{Example 2: Using QtConcurrent}{Using QtConcurrent} - \o \l{Example 3: Clock}{Communication with the GUI thread} - \o \l{Example 4: A Permanent Thread}{A permanent QObject in another thread + \li Using QThread as shown \l{Qt thread basics}{above} + \li \l{Example 1: Using the Thread Pool}{Using the global QThreadPool} + \li \l{Example 2: Using QtConcurrent}{Using QtConcurrent} + \li \l{Example 3: Clock}{Communication with the GUI thread} + \li \l{Example 4: A Permanent Thread}{A permanent QObject in another thread provides service to the main thread} \endlist @@ -558,13 +558,13 @@ can help you go into the subject in more depth: \list - \o Good video tutorials about threads with Qt can be found in the material + \li Good video tutorials about threads with Qt can be found in the material from the \l{Training Day at Qt Developer Days 2009}. - \o The \l{Thread Support in Qt} document is a good starting point into + \li The \l{Thread Support in Qt} document is a good starting point into the reference documentation. - \o Qt comes with several additional examples for + \li Qt comes with several additional examples for \l{Threading and Concurrent Programming Examples}{QThread and QtConcurrent}. - \o Several good books describe how to work with Qt threads. The most + \li Several good books describe how to work with Qt threads. The most extensive coverage can be found in \e{Advanced Qt Programming} by Mark Summerfield, Prentice Hall - roughly 70 of 500 pages cover QThread and QtConcurrent. diff --git a/doc/src/corelib/threads.qdoc b/doc/src/corelib/threads.qdoc index 3b4def4174..04a5379b2d 100644 --- a/doc/src/corelib/threads.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/corelib/threads.qdoc @@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ \section1 Topics: \list - \o \l{Recommended Reading} - \o \l{The Threading Classes} - \o \l{Starting Threads with QThread} - \o \l{Synchronizing Threads} - \o \l{Reentrancy and Thread-Safety} - \o \l{Threads and QObjects} - \o \l{Concurrent Programming} - \o \l{Thread-Support in Qt Modules} + \li \l{Recommended Reading} + \li \l{The Threading Classes} + \li \l{Starting Threads with QThread} + \li \l{Synchronizing Threads} + \li \l{Reentrancy and Thread-Safety} + \li \l{Threads and QObjects} + \li \l{Concurrent Programming} + \li \l{Thread-Support in Qt Modules} \endlist \section1 Recommended Reading @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ to threading see our Recommended Reading list: \list - \o \l{Threads Primer: A Guide to Multithreaded Programming} - \o \l{Thread Time: The Multithreaded Programming Guide} - \o \l{Pthreads Programming: A POSIX Standard for Better Multiprocessing} - \o \l{Win32 Multithreaded Programming} + \li \l{Threads Primer: A Guide to Multithreaded Programming} + \li \l{Thread Time: The Multithreaded Programming Guide} + \li \l{Pthreads Programming: A POSIX Standard for Better Multiprocessing} + \li \l{Win32 Multithreaded Programming} \endlist \section1 The Threading Classes @@ -85,21 +85,21 @@ \omit \list - \o QThread provides the means to start a new thread. - \o QThreadStorage provides per-thread data storage. - \o QThreadPool manages a pool of threads that run QRunnable objects. - \o QRunnable is an abstract class representing a runnable object. - \o QMutex provides a mutual exclusion lock, or mutex. - \o QMutexLocker is a convenience class that automatically locks + \li QThread provides the means to start a new thread. + \li QThreadStorage provides per-thread data storage. + \li QThreadPool manages a pool of threads that run QRunnable objects. + \li QRunnable is an abstract class representing a runnable object. + \li QMutex provides a mutual exclusion lock, or mutex. + \li QMutexLocker is a convenience class that automatically locks and unlocks a QMutex. - \o QReadWriteLock provides a lock that allows simultaneous read access. - \o QReadLocker and QWriteLocker are convenience classes that automatically + \li QReadWriteLock provides a lock that allows simultaneous read access. + \li QReadLocker and QWriteLocker are convenience classes that automatically lock and unlock a QReadWriteLock. - \o QSemaphore provides an integer semaphore (a generalization of a mutex). - \o QWaitCondition provides a way for threads to go to sleep until + \li QSemaphore provides an integer semaphore (a generalization of a mutex). + \li QWaitCondition provides a way for threads to go to sleep until woken up by another thread. - \o QAtomicInt provides atomic operations on integers. - \o QAtomicPointer provides atomic operations on pointers. + \li QAtomicInt provides atomic operations on integers. + \li QAtomicPointer provides atomic operations on pointers. \endlist \endomit @@ -226,10 +226,10 @@ how they can be used in multithread applications: \list - \o A \e thread-safe function can be called simultaneously from + \li A \e thread-safe function can be called simultaneously from multiple threads, even when the invocations use shared data, because all references to the shared data are serialized. - \o A \e reentrant function can also be called simultaneously from + \li A \e reentrant function can also be called simultaneously from multiple threads, but only if each invocation uses its own data. \endlist @@ -267,9 +267,9 @@ Indeed, they usually expand to three machine instructions: \list 1 - \o Load the variable's value in a register. - \o Increment or decrement the register's value. - \o Store the register's value back into main memory. + \li Load the variable's value in a register. + \li Increment or decrement the register's value. + \li Store the register's value back into main memory. \endlist If thread A and thread B load the variable's old value @@ -346,19 +346,19 @@ guaranteed to work. There are three constraints to be aware of: \list - \o \e{The child of a QObject must always be created in the thread + \li \e{The child of a QObject must always be created in the thread where the parent was created.} This implies, among other things, that you should never pass the QThread object (\c this) as the parent of an object created in the thread (since the QThread object itself was created in another thread). - \o \e{Event driven objects may only be used in a single thread.} + \li \e{Event driven objects may only be used in a single thread.} Specifically, this applies to the \l{timers.html}{timer mechanism} and the \l{QtNetwork}{network module}. For example, you cannot start a timer or connect a socket in a thread that is not the \l{QObject::thread()}{object's thread}. - \o \e{You must ensure that all objects created in a thread are + \li \e{You must ensure that all objects created in a thread are deleted before you delete the QThread.} This can be done easily by creating the objects on the stack in your \l{QThread::run()}{run()} implementation. @@ -469,26 +469,26 @@ \list - \o \l{Qt::AutoConnection}{Auto Connection} (default) If the signal is + \li \l{Qt::AutoConnection}{Auto Connection} (default) If the signal is emitted in the thread which the receiving object has affinity then the behavior is the same as the Direct Connection. Otherwise, the behavior is the same as the Queued Connection." - \o \l{Qt::DirectConnection}{Direct Connection} The slot is invoked + \li \l{Qt::DirectConnection}{Direct Connection} The slot is invoked immediately, when the signal is emitted. The slot is executed in the emitter's thread, which is not necessarily the receiver's thread. - \o \l{Qt::QueuedConnection}{Queued Connection} The slot is invoked + \li \l{Qt::QueuedConnection}{Queued Connection} The slot is invoked when control returns to the event loop of the receiver's thread. The slot is executed in the receiver's thread. - \o \l{Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection}{Blocking Queued Connection} + \li \l{Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection}{Blocking Queued Connection} The slot is invoked as for the Queued Connection, except the current thread blocks until the slot returns. \note Using this type to connect objects in the same thread will cause deadlock. - \o \l{Qt::UniqueConnection}{Unique Connection} The behavior is the + \li \l{Qt::UniqueConnection}{Unique Connection} The behavior is the same as the Auto Connection, but the connection is made only if it does not duplicate an existing connection. i.e., if the same signal is already connected to the same slot for the same pair @@ -546,33 +546,33 @@ \list - \o QtConcurrent::map() applies a function to every item in a container, + \li QtConcurrent::map() applies a function to every item in a container, modifying the items in-place. - \o QtConcurrent::mapped() is like map(), except that it returns a new + \li QtConcurrent::mapped() is like map(), except that it returns a new container with the modifications. - \o QtConcurrent::mappedReduced() is like mapped(), except that the + \li QtConcurrent::mappedReduced() is like mapped(), except that the modified results are reduced or folded into a single result. - \o QtConcurrent::filter() removes all items from a container based on the + \li QtConcurrent::filter() removes all items from a container based on the result of a filter function. - \o QtConcurrent::filtered() is like filter(), except that it returns a new + \li QtConcurrent::filtered() is like filter(), except that it returns a new container with the filtered results. - \o QtConcurrent::filteredReduced() is like filtered(), except that the + \li QtConcurrent::filteredReduced() is like filtered(), except that the filtered results are reduced or folded into a single result. - \o QtConcurrent::run() runs a function in another thread. + \li QtConcurrent::run() runs a function in another thread. - \o QFuture represents the result of an asynchronous computation. + \li QFuture represents the result of an asynchronous computation. - \o QFutureIterator allows iterating through results available via QFuture. + \li QFutureIterator allows iterating through results available via QFuture. - \o QFutureWatcher allows monitoring a QFuture using signals-and-slots. + \li QFutureWatcher allows monitoring a QFuture using signals-and-slots. - \o QFutureSynchronizer is a convenience class that automatically + \li QFutureSynchronizer is a convenience class that automatically synchronizes several QFutures. \endlist @@ -585,29 +585,29 @@ \table \header - \o Iterator Type - \o Example classes - \o Support status + \li Iterator Type + \li Example classes + \li Support status \row - \o Input Iterator - \o - \o Not Supported + \li Input Iterator + \li + \li Not Supported \row - \o Output Iterator - \o - \o Not Supported + \li Output Iterator + \li + \li Not Supported \row - \o Forward Iterator - \o std::slist - \o Supported + \li Forward Iterator + \li std::slist + \li Supported \row - \o Bidirectional Iterator - \o QLinkedList, std::list - \o Supported + \li Bidirectional Iterator + \li QLinkedList, std::list + \li Supported \row - \o Random Access Iterator - \o QList, QVector, std::vector - \o Supported and Recommended + \li Random Access Iterator + \li QList, QVector, std::vector + \li Supported and Recommended \endtable Random access iterators can be faster in cases where Qt Concurrent is iterating diff --git a/doc/src/examples/addressbook.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/addressbook.qdoc index 02820307e6..51712d49d3 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/addressbook.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/addressbook.qdoc @@ -107,15 +107,15 @@ dimensions of the model. Whereas, \c rowCount()'s value will vary depending on the number of contacts added to the address book, \c columnCount()'s value is always 2 because we only need space - for the \bold Name and \bold Address columns. + for the \b Name and \b Address columns. \note The \c Q_UNUSED() macro prevents the compiler from generating warnings regarding unused parameters. \snippet itemviews/addressbook/tablemodel.cpp 1 - The \c data() function returns either a \bold Name or - \bold {Address}, based on the contents of the model index + The \c data() function returns either a \b Name or + \b {Address}, based on the contents of the model index supplied. The row number stored in the model index is used to reference an item in the list of pairs. Selection is handled by the QItemSelectionModel, which will be explained with @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ \snippet itemviews/addressbook/tablemodel.cpp 2 The \c headerData() function displays the table's header, - \bold Name and \bold Address. If you require numbered entries + \b Name and \b Address. If you require numbered entries for your address book, you can use a vertical header which we have hidden in this example (see the \c AddressWidget implementation). @@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ menus and actions necessary to manipulate the address book. \table - \row \o \inlineimage addressbook-filemenu.png - \o \inlineimage addressbook-toolsmenu.png + \row \li \inlineimage addressbook-filemenu.png + \li \inlineimage addressbook-toolsmenu.png \endtable \snippet itemviews/addressbook/mainwindow.h 0 diff --git a/doc/src/examples/affine.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/affine.qdoc index df85576e84..c01031190a 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/affine.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/affine.qdoc @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ in the following ways: \list - \o Dragging the red circle in the centre of each drawing moves it to a new position. - \o Dragging the displaced red circle causes the current drawing to be rotated about the + \li Dragging the red circle in the centre of each drawing moves it to a new position. + \li Dragging the displaced red circle causes the current drawing to be rotated about the central circle. Rotation can also be controlled with the \key Rotate slider. - \o Scaling is controlled with the \key Scale slider. - \o Each drawing can be sheared with the \key Shear slider. + \li Scaling is controlled with the \key Scale slider. + \li Each drawing can be sheared with the \key Shear slider. \endlist */ diff --git a/doc/src/examples/arrowpad.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/arrowpad.qdoc index ee35aa59ae..79bf94c510 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/arrowpad.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/arrowpad.qdoc @@ -142,18 +142,18 @@ Now, enter the following translations: \list - \o \c ArrowPad + \li \c ArrowPad \list - \o \&Up - \&Haut - \o \&Left - \&Gauche - \o \&Right - \&Droite - \o \&Down - \&Bas + \li \&Up - \&Haut + \li \&Left - \&Gauche + \li \&Right - \&Droite + \li \&Down - \&Bas \endlist - \o \c MainWindow + \li \c MainWindow \list - \o E\&xit - \&Quitter - \o Ctrl+Q - Ctrl+Q - \o \&File - \&Fichier + \li E\&xit - \&Quitter + \li Ctrl+Q - Ctrl+Q + \li \&File - \&Fichier \endlist \endlist @@ -164,18 +164,18 @@ Save the file and do the same for Dutch working with \c arrowpad_nl.ts: \list - \o \c ArrowPad + \li \c ArrowPad \list - \o \&Up - \&Omhoog - \o \&Left - \&Links - \o \&Right - \&Rechts - \o \&Down - Omlaa\&g + \li \&Up - \&Omhoog + \li \&Left - \&Links + \li \&Right - \&Rechts + \li \&Down - Omlaa\&g \endlist - \o \c MainWindow + \li \c MainWindow \list - \o E\&xit - \&Afsluiten - \o Ctrl+Q - Ctrl+A - \o File - \&Bestand + \li E\&xit - \&Afsluiten + \li Ctrl+Q - Ctrl+A + \li File - \&Bestand \endlist \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/basicdrawing.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/basicdrawing.qdoc index 3920811e30..501b791bc1 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/basicdrawing.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/basicdrawing.qdoc @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ The Basic Drawing example consists of two classes: \list - \o \c RenderArea is a custom widget that renders multiple + \li \c RenderArea is a custom widget that renders multiple copies of the currently active shape. - \o \c Window is the application's main window displaying a + \li \c Window is the application's main window displaying a \c RenderArea widget in addition to several parameter widgets. \endlist @@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ the associated QPainter drawing function: \list - \o QPainter::drawLine(), - \o QPainter::drawPoints(), - \o QPainter::drawPolyline(), - \o QPainter::drawPolygon(), - \o QPainter::drawRect(), - \o QPainter::drawRoundedRect(), - \o QPainter::drawEllipse(), - \o QPainter::drawArc(), - \o QPainter::drawChord(), - \o QPainter::drawPie(), - \o QPainter::drawPath(), - \o QPainter::drawText() or - \o QPainter::drawPixmap() + \li QPainter::drawLine(), + \li QPainter::drawPoints(), + \li QPainter::drawPolyline(), + \li QPainter::drawPolygon(), + \li QPainter::drawRect(), + \li QPainter::drawRoundedRect(), + \li QPainter::drawEllipse(), + \li QPainter::drawArc(), + \li QPainter::drawChord(), + \li QPainter::drawPie(), + \li QPainter::drawPath(), + \li QPainter::drawText() or + \li QPainter::drawPixmap() \endlist Before we started rendering, we saved the current painter state diff --git a/doc/src/examples/basicgraphicslayouts.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/basicgraphicslayouts.qdoc index c1703c3430..b7023cf9ca 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/basicgraphicslayouts.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/basicgraphicslayouts.qdoc @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ We repeat the process: \list - \o create a new \c LayoutItem, - \o add the item \c linear, and - \o provide a stretch factor. + \li create a new \c LayoutItem, + \li add the item \c linear, and + \li provide a stretch factor. \endlist \snippet examples/graphicsview/basicgraphicslayouts/window.cpp 1 diff --git a/doc/src/examples/blockingfortuneclient.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/blockingfortuneclient.qdoc index 34add534d4..6c3be78859 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/blockingfortuneclient.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/blockingfortuneclient.qdoc @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ \list - \o \e{The asynchronous (non-blocking) approach.} Operations are scheduled + \li \e{The asynchronous (non-blocking) approach.} Operations are scheduled and performed when control returns to Qt's event loop. When the operation is finished, QTcpSocket emits a signal. For example, QTcpSocket::connectToHost() returns immediately, and when the connection has been established, QTcpSocket emits \l{QTcpSocket::connected()}{connected()}. - \o \e{The synchronous (blocking) approach.} In non-GUI and multithreaded + \li \e{The synchronous (blocking) approach.} In non-GUI and multithreaded applications, you can call the \c waitFor...() functions (e.g., QTcpSocket::waitForConnected()) to suspend the calling thread until the operation has completed, instead of connecting to signals. diff --git a/doc/src/examples/boxes.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/boxes.qdoc index f2ca92477a..aa34a61bc3 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/boxes.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/boxes.qdoc @@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ Elements in the demo can be controlled using the mouse in the following ways: \list - \o Dragging the mouse while pressing the left mouse button rotates the + \li Dragging the mouse while pressing the left mouse button rotates the box in the center. - \o Dragging the mouse while pressing the right mouse button rotates the + \li Dragging the mouse while pressing the right mouse button rotates the satellite boxes. - \o Scrolling the mouse wheel zooms in and out of the scene. + \li Scrolling the mouse wheel zooms in and out of the scene. \endlist The options pane can be used to fine-tune various parameters in the demo, diff --git a/doc/src/examples/cachedtable.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/cachedtable.qdoc index d6b0aa5013..c9945a0efb 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/cachedtable.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/cachedtable.qdoc @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ in additon to the model and the editor's buttons. \table 100% - \header \o Connecting to a Database + \header \li Connecting to a Database \row - \o + \li Before we can use the \c TableEditor class, we must create a connection to the database containing the table we want to edit: @@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ \table 100% \row - \o - \bold {See also:} + \li + \b {See also:} A complete list of Qt's SQL \l {Database Classes}, and the \l {Model/View Programming} documentation. diff --git a/doc/src/examples/calculator.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/calculator.qdoc index eb3ccedc35..8eddfa8c4e 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/calculator.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/calculator.qdoc @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ The example consists of two classes: \list - \o \c Calculator is the calculator widget, with all the + \li \c Calculator is the calculator widget, with all the calculator functionality. - \o \c Button is the widget used for each of the calculator + \li \c Button is the widget used for each of the calculator button. It derives from QToolButton. \endlist @@ -85,18 +85,18 @@ display (a QLineEdit), encode the state of the calculator: \list - \o \c sumInMemory contains the value stored in the calculator's memory + \li \c sumInMemory contains the value stored in the calculator's memory (using \gui{MS}, \gui{M+}, or \gui{MC}). - \o \c sumSoFar stores the value accumulated so far. When the user + \li \c sumSoFar stores the value accumulated so far. When the user clicks \gui{=}, \c sumSoFar is recomputed and shown on the display. \gui{Clear All} resets \c sumSoFar to zero. - \o \c factorSoFar stores a temporary value when doing + \li \c factorSoFar stores a temporary value when doing multiplications and divisions. - \o \c pendingAdditiveOperator stores the last additive operator + \li \c pendingAdditiveOperator stores the last additive operator clicked by the user. - \o \c pendingMultiplicativeOperator stores the last multiplicative operator + \li \c pendingMultiplicativeOperator stores the last multiplicative operator clicked by the user. - \o \c waitingForOperand is \c true when the calculator is + \li \c waitingForOperand is \c true when the calculator is expecting the user to start typing an operand. \endlist @@ -109,16 +109,16 @@ the user enters a mathematical expression. \table - \header \o User Input \o Display \o Sum so Far \o Add. Op. \o Factor so Far \o Mult. Op. \o Waiting for Operand? - \row \o \o 0 \o 0 \o \o \o \o \c true - \row \o \gui{1} \o 1 \o 0 \o \o \o \o \c false - \row \o \gui{1 +} \o 1 \o 1 \o \gui{+} \o \o \o \c true - \row \o \gui{1 + 2} \o 2 \o 1 \o \gui{+} \o \o \o \c false - \row \o \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247}} \o 2 \o 1 \o \gui{+} \o 2 \o \gui{\unicode{247}} \o \c true - \row \o \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247} 3} \o 3 \o 1 \o \gui{+} \o 2 \o \gui{\unicode{247}} \o \c false - \row \o \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247} 3 -} \o 1.66667 \o 1.66667 \o \gui{-} \o \o \o \c true - \row \o \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247} 3 - 4} \o 4 \o 1.66667 \o \gui{-} \o \o \o \c false - \row \o \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247} 3 - 4 =} \o -2.33333 \o 0 \o \o \o \o \c true + \header \li User Input \li Display \li Sum so Far \li Add. Op. \li Factor so Far \li Mult. Op. \li Waiting for Operand? + \row \li \li 0 \li 0 \li \li \li \li \c true + \row \li \gui{1} \li 1 \li 0 \li \li \li \li \c false + \row \li \gui{1 +} \li 1 \li 1 \li \gui{+} \li \li \li \c true + \row \li \gui{1 + 2} \li 2 \li 1 \li \gui{+} \li \li \li \c false + \row \li \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247}} \li 2 \li 1 \li \gui{+} \li 2 \li \gui{\unicode{247}} \li \c true + \row \li \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247} 3} \li 3 \li 1 \li \gui{+} \li 2 \li \gui{\unicode{247}} \li \c false + \row \li \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247} 3 -} \li 1.66667 \li 1.66667 \li \gui{-} \li \li \li \c true + \row \li \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247} 3 - 4} \li 4 \li 1.66667 \li \gui{-} \li \li \li \c false + \row \li \gui{1 + 2 \unicode{247} 3 - 4 =} \li -2.33333 \li 0 \li \li \li \li \c true \endtable Unary operators, such as \gui Sqrt, require no special handling; @@ -356,8 +356,8 @@ base class (QToolButton) but modify it in the following ways: \list - \o We add 20 to the \l{QSize::height()}{height} component of the size hint. - \o We make the \l{QSize::width()}{width} component of the size + \li We add 20 to the \l{QSize::height()}{height} component of the size hint. + \li We make the \l{QSize::width()}{width} component of the size hint at least as much as the \l{QSize::width()}{height}. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/calendar.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/calendar.qdoc index d06bed7c6f..aea9805669 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/calendar.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/calendar.qdoc @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ Specifically, the example demonstrates the following: \list - \o Use of a text editor with a text document - \o Insertion of tables and frames into a document - \o Navigation within a table - \o Insert text in different styles + \li Use of a text editor with a text document + \li Insertion of tables and frames into a document + \li Navigation within a table + \li Insert text in different styles \endlist The rich text editor used to display the document is used within a main window diff --git a/doc/src/examples/calendarwidget.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/calendarwidget.qdoc index 7ef99bfc65..0dd20b1491 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/calendarwidget.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/calendarwidget.qdoc @@ -51,28 +51,28 @@ below. \table - \header \o Property - \o Description - \row \o \l{QCalendarWidget::}{selectedDate} - \o The currently selected date. - \row \o \l{QCalendarWidget::}{minimumDate} - \o The earliest date that can be selected. - \row \o \l{QCalendarWidget::}{maximumDate} - \o The latest date that can be selected. - \row \o \l{QCalendarWidget::}{firstDayOfWeek} - \o The day that is displayed as the first day of the week + \header \li Property + \li Description + \row \li \l{QCalendarWidget::}{selectedDate} + \li The currently selected date. + \row \li \l{QCalendarWidget::}{minimumDate} + \li The earliest date that can be selected. + \row \li \l{QCalendarWidget::}{maximumDate} + \li The latest date that can be selected. + \row \li \l{QCalendarWidget::}{firstDayOfWeek} + \li The day that is displayed as the first day of the week (usually Sunday or Monday). - \row \o \l{QCalendarWidget::}{gridVisible} - \o Whether the grid should be shown. - \row \o \l{QCalendarWidget::}{selectionMode} - \o Whether the user can select a date or not. - \row \o \l{QCalendarWidget::}{horizontalHeaderFormat} - \o The format of the day names in the horizontal header + \row \li \l{QCalendarWidget::}{gridVisible} + \li Whether the grid should be shown. + \row \li \l{QCalendarWidget::}{selectionMode} + \li Whether the user can select a date or not. + \row \li \l{QCalendarWidget::}{horizontalHeaderFormat} + \li The format of the day names in the horizontal header (e.g., "M", "Mon", or "Monday"). - \row \o \l{QCalendarWidget::}{verticalHeaderFormat} - \o The format of the vertical header. - \row \o \l{QCalendarWidget::}{navigationBarVisible} - \o Whether the navigation bar at the top of the calendar + \row \li \l{QCalendarWidget::}{verticalHeaderFormat} + \li The format of the vertical header. + \row \li \l{QCalendarWidget::}{navigationBarVisible} + \li Whether the navigation bar at the top of the calendar widget is shown. \endtable diff --git a/doc/src/examples/charactermap.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/charactermap.qdoc index 33652118ef..5fbcae1fad 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/charactermap.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/charactermap.qdoc @@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ that may be unavailable or difficult to locate on their keyboards. The example consists of the following classes: \list -\i \c CharacterWidget displays the available characters in the current +\li \c CharacterWidget displays the available characters in the current font and style. -\i \c MainWindow provides a standard main window that contains font and +\li \c MainWindow provides a standard main window that contains font and style information, a view onto the characters, a line edit, and a push button for submitting text to the clipboard. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/chart.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/chart.qdoc index 565b1c6c7d..947eddf1c9 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/chart.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/chart.qdoc @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ relying on the flexibility of the model/view architecture to handle custom editing and selection features. - \bold{Note that you only need to create a new view class if your data requires a + \b{Note that you only need to create a new view class if your data requires a specialized representation.} You should first consider using a standard QListView, QTableView, or QTreeView with a custom QItemDelegate subclass if you need to represent data in a special way. @@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ We interpret the data in the following way: \list - \o Column 0 contains data in two different roles: + \li Column 0 contains data in two different roles: The \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{DisplayRole} contains a label, and the \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{DecorationRole} contains the color of the pie slice. - \o Column 1 contains a quantity which we will convert to the angular extent of + \li Column 1 contains a quantity which we will convert to the angular extent of the slice. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/classwizard.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/classwizard.qdoc index 0fad22e56a..8f84193f2e 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/classwizard.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/classwizard.qdoc @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ The Class Wizard example consists of the following classes: \list - \o \c ClassWizard inherits QWizard and provides a + \li \c ClassWizard inherits QWizard and provides a three-step wizard that generates the skeleton of a C++ class based on the user's input. - \o \c IntroPage, \c ClassInfoPage, \c CodeStylePage, \c + \li \c IntroPage, \c ClassInfoPage, \c CodeStylePage, \c OutputFilesPage, and \c ConclusionPage are QWizardPage subclasses that implement the wizard pages. \endlist @@ -61,17 +61,17 @@ five pages: \list - \o The first page is an introduction page, telling the user what + \li The first page is an introduction page, telling the user what the wizard is going to do. - \o The second page asks for a class name and a base class, and + \li The second page asks for a class name and a base class, and allows the user to specify whether the class should have a \c Q_OBJECT macro and what constructors it should provide. - \o The third page allows the user to set some options related to the code + \li The third page allows the user to set some options related to the code style, such as the macro used to protect the header file from multiple inclusion (e.g., \c MYDIALOG_H). - \o The fourth page allows the user to specify the names of the + \li The fourth page allows the user to specify the names of the output files. - \o The fifth page is a conclusion page. + \li The fifth page is a conclusion page. \endlist Although the program is just an example, if you press \gui Finish diff --git a/doc/src/examples/coloreditorfactory.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/coloreditorfactory.qdoc index 741db7e387..1806446fb7 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/coloreditorfactory.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/coloreditorfactory.qdoc @@ -134,16 +134,16 @@ Possible suggestions are: \list - \o If the editor widget has no user property defined, the delegate + \li If the editor widget has no user property defined, the delegate asks the factory for the property name, which it in turn asks the item editor creator for. In this case, you can use the QItemEditorCreator class, which takes the property name to use for editing as a constructor argument. - \o If the editor requires other constructors or other + \li If the editor requires other constructors or other initialization than provided by QItemEditorCreatorBase, you must reimplement QItemEditorCreatorBase::createWidget(). - \o You could also subclass QItemEditorFactory if you only want + \li You could also subclass QItemEditorFactory if you only want to provide editors for certain kinds of data or use another method of creating the editors than using creator bases. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/completer.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/completer.qdoc index 767efe8ef1..df832de4d6 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/completer.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/completer.qdoc @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ The screenshots below illustrate this difference: \table - \row \o \inlineimage completer-example-qdirmodel.png - \o \inlineimage completer-example-dirmodel.png + \row \li \inlineimage completer-example-qdirmodel.png + \li \inlineimage completer-example-dirmodel.png \endtable The Qt::EditRole, which QCompleter uses to look for matches, is left diff --git a/doc/src/examples/composition.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/composition.qdoc index 1da41dbfef..6aca01d255 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/composition.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/composition.qdoc @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ \image composition-demo.png - The two most common forms of composition are \bold{Source} and \bold{SourceOver}. - \bold{Source} is used to draw opaque objects onto a paint device. In this mode, + The two most common forms of composition are \b{Source} and \b{SourceOver}. + \b{Source} is used to draw opaque objects onto a paint device. In this mode, each pixel in the source replaces the corresponding pixel in the destination. - In \bold{SourceOver} composition mode, the source object is transparent and is + In \b{SourceOver} composition mode, the source object is transparent and is drawn on top of the destination. In addition to these standard modes, Qt defines the complete set of composition modes diff --git a/doc/src/examples/concentriccircles.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/concentriccircles.qdoc index 73b4937049..22b0be8fb8 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/concentriccircles.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/concentriccircles.qdoc @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ The example consists of two classes: \list - \o \c CircleWidget is a custom widget which renders several animated + \li \c CircleWidget is a custom widget which renders several animated concentric circles. - \o \c Window is the application's main window displaying four \c + \li \c Window is the application's main window displaying four \c {CircleWidget}s drawn using different combinations of precision and aliasing. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/cube.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/cube.qdoc index 3c41856254..ec40be0f45 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/cube.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/cube.qdoc @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ The example consist of two classes: \list - \o \c MainWidget extends QGLWidget and contains OpenGL ES 2.0 + \li \c MainWidget extends QGLWidget and contains OpenGL ES 2.0 initialization and drawing and mouse and timer event handling - \o \c GeometryEngine handles polygon geometries. Transfers polygon geometry + \li \c GeometryEngine handles polygon geometries. Transfers polygon geometry to vertex buffer objects and draws geometries from vertex buffer objects. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/customsortfiltermodel.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/customsortfiltermodel.qdoc index ac9fbb93a3..61230a7b9a 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/customsortfiltermodel.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/customsortfiltermodel.qdoc @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ \list - \o The \c MySortFilterProxyModel class provides a custom proxy + \li The \c MySortFilterProxyModel class provides a custom proxy model. - \o The \c Window class provides the main application window, + \li The \c Window class provides the main application window, using the custom proxy model to sort and filter a standard item model. diff --git a/doc/src/examples/dbscreen.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/dbscreen.qdoc index 7d9cea5519..bfecb9a3cb 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/dbscreen.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/dbscreen.qdoc @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ to writing and implementing this graphics driver: \list 1 - \o \l {Step 1: Creating a Custom Graphics Driver} + \li \l {Step 1: Creating a Custom Graphics Driver} {Creating a Custom Graphics Driver} - \o \l {Step 2: Implementing the Back Buffer} + \li \l {Step 2: Implementing the Back Buffer} {Implementing the Back Buffer} - \o \l {Step 3: Creating the Driver Plugin} + \li \l {Step 3: Creating the Driver Plugin} {Creating the Driver Plugin} \endlist @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ functions belonging to QScreen: \list - \o \l{QScreen::initDevice()}{initDevice()}, - \o \l{QScreen::shutdownDevice()}{shutdownDevice()}, - \o \l{QScreen::blit()}{blit()}, - \o \l{QScreen::solidFill()}{solidFill()}, and - \o \l{QScreen::exposeRegion()}{exposeRegion()}. + \li \l{QScreen::initDevice()}{initDevice()}, + \li \l{QScreen::shutdownDevice()}{shutdownDevice()}, + \li \l{QScreen::blit()}{blit()}, + \li \l{QScreen::solidFill()}{solidFill()}, and + \li \l{QScreen::exposeRegion()}{exposeRegion()}. \endlist \snippet examples/qws/dbscreen/dbscreen.h 0 @@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ The graphics driver must carry out three main functions: \list 1 - \o Allocate the back buffer on startup and deallocate it on shutdown. - \o Draw to the back buffer instead of directly to the screen + \li Allocate the back buffer on startup and deallocate it on shutdown. + \li Draw to the back buffer instead of directly to the screen (which is what QLinuxFbScreen does). - \o Copy the back buffer to the screen whenever a screen update is + \li Copy the back buffer to the screen whenever a screen update is done. \endlist @@ -165,9 +165,9 @@ There are only two functions to reimplement: \list - \o \l{QScreenDriverPlugin::create()}{create()} - creates a driver + \li \l{QScreenDriverPlugin::create()}{create()} - creates a driver matching the given key - \o \l{QScreenDriverPlugin::create()}{keys()} - returns a list of + \li \l{QScreenDriverPlugin::create()}{keys()} - returns a list of valid keys representing the drivers supported by the plugin \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/diagramscene.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/diagramscene.qdoc index 9f2a8f8b76..ac9ca2f294 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/diagramscene.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/diagramscene.qdoc @@ -55,28 +55,28 @@ In particular we show how to: \list - \o Create custom graphics items. - \o Handle mouse events and movement of items. - \o Implement a graphics scene that can manage our custom items. - \o Custom painting of items. - \o Create a movable and editable text item. + \li Create custom graphics items. + \li Handle mouse events and movement of items. + \li Implement a graphics scene that can manage our custom items. + \li Custom painting of items. + \li Create a movable and editable text item. \endlist The example consists of the following classes: \list - \o \c MainWindow creates the widgets and display + \li \c MainWindow creates the widgets and display them in a QMainWindow. It also manages the interaction between the widgets and the graphics scene, view and items. - \o \c DiagramItem inherits QGraphicsPolygonItem and + \li \c DiagramItem inherits QGraphicsPolygonItem and represents a flowchart shape. - \o \c TextDiagramItem inherits QGraphicsTextItem and + \li \c TextDiagramItem inherits QGraphicsTextItem and represents text items in the diagram. The class adds support for moving the item with the mouse, which is not supported by QGraphicsTextItem. - \o \c Arrow inherits QGraphicsLineItem and is an arrow + \li \c Arrow inherits QGraphicsLineItem and is an arrow that connect two DiagramItems. - \o \c DiagramScene inherits QGraphicsDiagramScene and + \li \c DiagramScene inherits QGraphicsDiagramScene and provides support for \c DiagramItem, \c Arrow and \c DiagramTextItem (In addition to the support already handled by QGraphicsScene). diff --git a/doc/src/examples/drilldown.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/drilldown.qdoc index 1e7b8c01d6..7f195d5261 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/drilldown.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/drilldown.qdoc @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ The example consists of three classes: \list - \o \c ImageItem is a custom graphics item class used to + \li \c ImageItem is a custom graphics item class used to display the office images. - \o \c View is the main application widget allowing the user to + \li \c View is the main application widget allowing the user to browse through the various locations. - \o \c InformationWindow displays the requested information, + \li \c InformationWindow displays the requested information, allowing the users to alter it and submit their changes to the database. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/dropsite.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/dropsite.qdoc index 024d191b74..77b40986aa 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/dropsite.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/dropsite.qdoc @@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ reimplementations of four \l{QWidget} event handlers: \list 1 - \o \l{QWidget::dragEnterEvent()}{dragEnterEvent()} - \o \l{QWidget::dragMoveEvent()}{dragMoveEvent()} - \o \l{QWidget::dragLeaveEvent()}{dragLeaveEvent()} - \o \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} + \li \l{QWidget::dragEnterEvent()}{dragEnterEvent()} + \li \l{QWidget::dragMoveEvent()}{dragMoveEvent()} + \li \l{QWidget::dragLeaveEvent()}{dragLeaveEvent()} + \li \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} \endlist These event handlers are further explained in the implementation of the @@ -108,17 +108,17 @@ \snippet draganddrop/dropsite/droparea.cpp dropEvent() function part2 \list - \o If \c mimeData contains an image, we display it in \c DropArea with + \li If \c mimeData contains an image, we display it in \c DropArea with \l{QLabel::setPixmap()}{setPixmap()}. - \o If \c mimeData contains HTML, we display it with + \li If \c mimeData contains HTML, we display it with \l{QLabel::setText()}{setText()} and set \c{DropArea}'s text format as Qt::RichText. - \o If \c mimeData contains plain text, we display it with + \li If \c mimeData contains plain text, we display it with \l{QLabel::setText()}{setText()} and set \c{DropArea}'s text format as Qt::PlainText. In the event that \c mimeData contains URLs, we iterate through the list of URLs to display them on individual lines. - \o If \c mimeData contains other types of objects, we set + \li If \c mimeData contains other types of objects, we set \c{DropArea}'s text, with \l{QLabel::setText()}{setText()} to "Cannot display data" to inform the user. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/editabletreemodel.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/editabletreemodel.qdoc index 306295842e..958080ad58 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/editabletreemodel.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/editabletreemodel.qdoc @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ \target Relations-between-internal-items \table - \row \o \inlineimage itemviews-editabletreemodel-items.png - \o \bold{Relations between internal items} + \row \li \inlineimage itemviews-editabletreemodel-items.png + \li \b{Relations between internal items} When designing a data structure for use with a custom model, it is useful to expose each item's parent via a function like @@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ \l{TreeItem::parent}{parent()} and \l{TreeItem::child}{child()} functions. - In the example shown, two top-level items, \bold{A} and - \bold{B}, can be obtained from the root item by calling its child() + In the example shown, two top-level items, \b{A} and + \b{B}, can be obtained from the root item by calling its child() function, and each of these items return the root node from their - parent() functions, though this is only shown for item \bold{A}. + parent() functions, though this is only shown for item \b{A}. \endtable Each \c TreeItem stores data for each column in the row it represents @@ -126,23 +126,23 @@ horizontal header titles. \table - \row \o \inlineimage itemviews-editabletreemodel-model.png - \o \bold{Accessing data via the model} + \row \li \inlineimage itemviews-editabletreemodel-model.png + \li \b{Accessing data via the model} In the case shown in the diagram, the piece of information represented - by \bold{a} can be obtained using the standard model/view API: + by \b{a} can be obtained using the standard model/view API: \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_examples_editabletreemodel.cpp 0 Since each items holds pieces of data for each column in a given row, there can be many model indexes that map to the same \c TreeItem object. - For example, the information represented by \bold{b} can be obtained + For example, the information represented by \b{b} can be obtained using the following code: \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_examples_editabletreemodel.cpp 1 The same underlying \c TreeItem would be accessed to obtain information - for the other model indexes in the same row as \bold{b}. + for the other model indexes in the same row as \b{b}. \endtable In the model class, \c TreeModel, we relate \c TreeItem objects to @@ -166,20 +166,20 @@ that the model does not attempt to access items that have been deleted. \table - \row \o \bold{Storing information in the underlying data structure} + \row \li \b{Storing information in the underlying data structure} Several pieces of data are stored as QVariant objects in the \c itemData member of each \c TreeItem instance The diagram shows how pieces of information, - represented by the labels \bold{a}, \bold{b} and \bold{c} in the - previous two diagrams, are stored in items \bold{A}, \bold{B} and - \bold{C} in the underlying data structure. Note that pieces of + represented by the labels \b{a}, \b{b} and \b{c} in the + previous two diagrams, are stored in items \b{A}, \b{B} and + \b{C} in the underlying data structure. Note that pieces of information from the same row in the model are all obtained from the same item. Each element in a list corresponds to a piece of information exposed by each column in a given row in the model. - \o \inlineimage itemviews-editabletreemodel-values.png + \li \inlineimage itemviews-editabletreemodel-values.png \endtable Since the \c TreeModel implementation has been designed for use with @@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ \target Relating-items-using-model-indexes \table \row - \o \inlineimage itemviews-editabletreemodel-indexes.png - \o \bold{Relating items using model indexes} + \li \inlineimage itemviews-editabletreemodel-indexes.png + \li \b{Relating items using model indexes} As with the \l{itemviews/simpletreemodel}{Simple Tree Model} example, the \c TreeModel needs to be able to take a model index, find the @@ -215,13 +215,13 @@ an item supplied by the caller, using the items shown in a \l{Relations-between-internal-items}{previous diagram}. - A pointer to item \bold{C} is obtained from the corresponding model index + A pointer to item \b{C} is obtained from the corresponding model index using the \l{QModelIndex::internalPointer()} function. The pointer was stored internally in the index when it was created. Since the child contains a pointer to its parent, we use its \l{TreeItem::parent}{parent()} - function to obtain a pointer to item \bold{B}. The parent model index is + function to obtain a pointer to item \b{B}. The parent model index is created using the QAbstractItemModel::createIndex() function, passing - the pointer to item \bold{B} as the internal pointer. + the pointer to item \b{B} as the internal pointer. \endtable \section1 TreeItem Class Definition diff --git a/doc/src/examples/elasticnodes.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/elasticnodes.qdoc index 51a0a6048a..bd25008f60 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/elasticnodes.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/elasticnodes.qdoc @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ The \c Node class serves three purposes: \list - \o Painting a yellow gradient "ball" in two states: sunken and raised. - \o Managing connections to other nodes. - \o Calculating forces pulling and pushing the nodes in the grid. + \li Painting a yellow gradient "ball" in two states: sunken and raised. + \li Managing connections to other nodes. + \li Calculating forces pulling and pushing the nodes in the grid. \endlist Let's start by looking at the \c Node class declaration. diff --git a/doc/src/examples/fortuneclient.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/fortuneclient.qdoc index f2c6fa02d9..d997fc077e 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/fortuneclient.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/fortuneclient.qdoc @@ -47,14 +47,14 @@ \list - \o \e{The asynchronous (non-blocking) approach.} Operations are scheduled + \li \e{The asynchronous (non-blocking) approach.} Operations are scheduled and performed when control returns to Qt's event loop. When the operation is finished, QTcpSocket emits a signal. For example, QTcpSocket::connectToHost() returns immediately, and when the connection has been established, QTcpSocket emits \l{QTcpSocket::connected()}{connected()}. - \o \e{The synchronous (blocking) approach.} In non-GUI and multithreaded + \li \e{The synchronous (blocking) approach.} In non-GUI and multithreaded applications, you can call the \c waitFor...() functions (e.g., QTcpSocket::waitForConnected()) to suspend the calling thread until the operation has completed, instead of connecting to signals. @@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ one of two things can happen: \list - \o \e{The connection is established.} In this case, the server will send us a + \li \e{The connection is established.} In this case, the server will send us a fortune. QTcpSocket will emit \l{QTcpSocket::readyRead()}{readyRead()} every time it receives a block of data. - \o \e{An error occurs.} We need to inform the user if the connection + \li \e{An error occurs.} We need to inform the user if the connection failed or was broken. In this case, QTcpSocket will emit \l{QTcpSocket::error()}{error()}, and \c Client::displayError() will be called. diff --git a/doc/src/examples/fridgemagnets.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/fridgemagnets.qdoc index b2bd440707..7b7218bba2 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/fridgemagnets.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/fridgemagnets.qdoc @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ the words on the magnets. The example consists of two classes: \list - \o \c DragLabel is a custom widget representing one + \li \c DragLabel is a custom widget representing one single fridge magnet. - \o \c DragWidget provides the main application window. + \li \c DragWidget provides the main application window. \endlist We will first take a look at the \c DragLabel class, then we will diff --git a/doc/src/examples/gradients.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/gradients.qdoc index 75876fdf2c..75f78b56ea 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/gradients.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/gradients.qdoc @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ There are three types of gradients: \list - \o \bold{Linear} gradients interpolate colors between start and end points. - \o \bold{Radial} gradients interpolate colors between a focal point and the + \li \b{Linear} gradients interpolate colors between start and end points. + \li \b{Radial} gradients interpolate colors between a focal point and the points on a circle surrounding it. - \o \bold{Conical} gradients interpolate colors around a center point. + \li \b{Conical} gradients interpolate colors around a center point. \endlist The panel on the right contains a color table editor that defines diff --git a/doc/src/examples/hellogl.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/hellogl.qdoc index a0b6fc6c06..f6f8591ad0 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/hellogl.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/hellogl.qdoc @@ -285,12 +285,12 @@ by reimplementing the following functions: \list - \o QGLWidget::initializeGL() sets up resources needed by the OpenGL implementation + \li QGLWidget::initializeGL() sets up resources needed by the OpenGL implementation to render the scene. - \o QGLWidget::resizeGL() resizes the viewport so that the rendered scene fits onto + \li QGLWidget::resizeGL() resizes the viewport so that the rendered scene fits onto the widget, and sets up a projection matrix to map 3D coordinates to 2D viewport coordinates. - \o QGLWidget::paintGL() performs painting operations using OpenGL calls. + \li QGLWidget::paintGL() performs painting operations using OpenGL calls. \endlist Since QGLWidget is a subclass of QWidget, it can also be used diff --git a/doc/src/examples/icons.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/icons.qdoc index be7b0dd46c..9e7dda7c89 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/icons.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/icons.qdoc @@ -47,24 +47,24 @@ of the icon. Qt currently defines four modes: \table - \header \o Mode \o Description + \header \li Mode \li Description \row - \o QIcon::Normal - \o Display the pixmap when the user is not interacting with the + \li QIcon::Normal + \li Display the pixmap when the user is not interacting with the icon, but the functionality represented by the icon is available. \row - \o QIcon::Active - \o Display the pixmap when the functionality represented by the + \li QIcon::Active + \li Display the pixmap when the functionality represented by the icon is available and the user is interacting with the icon, for example, moving the mouse over it or clicking it. \row - \o QIcon::Disabled - \o Display the pixmap when the functionality represented by + \li QIcon::Disabled + \li Display the pixmap when the functionality represented by the icon is not available. \row - \o QIcon::Selected - \o Display the pixmap when the icon is selected. + \li QIcon::Selected + \li Display the pixmap when the icon is selected. \endtable QIcon's states are QIcon::On and QIcon::Off, which will display @@ -148,16 +148,16 @@ search algorithm described in the table below: \table 100% - \header \o{2,1} Requested Pixmap \o {8,1} Preferred Alternatives (mode/state) - \header \o Mode \o State \o 1 \o 2 \o 3 \o 4 \o 5 \o 6 \o 7 \o 8 - \row \o{1,2} Normal \o Off \o \bold N0 \o A0 \o N1 \o A1 \o D0 \o S0 \o D1 \o S1 - \row \o On \o N1 \o \bold A1 \o N0 \o A0 \o D1 \o S1 \o D0 \o S0 - \row \o{1,2} Active \o Off \o A0 \o \bold N0 \o A1 \o N1 \o D0 \o S0 \o D1 \o S1 - \row \o On \o \bold A1 \o N1 \o A0 \o N0 \o D1 \o S1 \o D0 \o S0 - \row \o{1,2} Disabled \o Off \o D0 \o \bold {N0'} \o A0' \o D1 \o N1' \o A1' \o S0' \o S1' - \row \o On \o D1 \o N1' \o \bold {A1'} \o D0 \o N0' \o A0' \o S1' \o S0' - \row \o{1,2} Selected \o Off \o S0 \o \bold {N0''} \o A0'' \o S1 \o N1'' \o A1'' \o D0'' \o D1'' - \row \o On \o S1 \o N1'' \o \bold {A1''} \o S0 \o N0'' \o A0'' \o D1'' \o D0'' + \header \li{2,1} Requested Pixmap \li {8,1} Preferred Alternatives (mode/state) + \header \li Mode \li State \li 1 \li 2 \li 3 \li 4 \li 5 \li 6 \li 7 \li 8 + \row \li{1,2} Normal \li Off \li \b N0 \li A0 \li N1 \li A1 \li D0 \li S0 \li D1 \li S1 + \row \li On \li N1 \li \b A1 \li N0 \li A0 \li D1 \li S1 \li D0 \li S0 + \row \li{1,2} Active \li Off \li A0 \li \b N0 \li A1 \li N1 \li D0 \li S0 \li D1 \li S1 + \row \li On \li \b A1 \li N1 \li A0 \li N0 \li D1 \li S1 \li D0 \li S0 + \row \li{1,2} Disabled \li Off \li D0 \li \b {N0'} \li A0' \li D1 \li N1' \li A1' \li S0' \li S1' + \row \li On \li D1 \li N1' \li \b {A1'} \li D0 \li N0' \li A0' \li S1' \li S0' + \row \li{1,2} Selected \li Off \li S0 \li \b {N0''} \li A0'' \li S1 \li N1'' \li A1'' \li D0'' \li D1'' + \row \li On \li S1 \li N1'' \li \b {A1''} \li S0 \li N0'' \li A0'' \li D1'' \li D0'' \endtable In the table, "0" and "1" stand for Off" and "On", respectively. @@ -176,8 +176,8 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage icons_monkey.png Screenshot of the Monkey Files - \o \inlineimage icons_monkey_mess.png Screenshot of the Monkey Files + \li \inlineimage icons_monkey.png Screenshot of the Monkey Files + \li \inlineimage icons_monkey_mess.png Screenshot of the Monkey Files \endtable For any given mode/state combination, it is possible to specify @@ -193,25 +193,25 @@ \table \row - \o - \o \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_8x8.png Qt Extended icon at 8 x 8 - \o \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_16x16.png Qt Extended icon at 16 x 16 - \o \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_17x17.png Qt Extended icon at 17 x 17 + \li + \li \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_8x8.png Qt Extended icon at 8 x 8 + \li \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_16x16.png Qt Extended icon at 16 x 16 + \li \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_17x17.png Qt Extended icon at 17 x 17 \row - \o - \o 8 x 8 - \o \bold {16 x 16} - \o 17 x 17 + \li + \li 8 x 8 + \li \b {16 x 16} + \li 17 x 17 \row - \o \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_32x32.png Qt Extended icon at 32 x 32 - \o \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_33x33.png Qt Extended icon at 33 x 33 - \o \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_48x48.png Qt Extended icon at 48 x 48 - \o \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_64x64.png Qt Extended icon at 64 x 64 + \li \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_32x32.png Qt Extended icon at 32 x 32 + \li \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_33x33.png Qt Extended icon at 33 x 33 + \li \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_48x48.png Qt Extended icon at 48 x 48 + \li \inlineimage icons_qt_extended_64x64.png Qt Extended icon at 64 x 64 \row - \o \bold {32 x 32} - \o 33 x 33 - \o \bold {48 x 48} - \o 64 x 64 + \li \b {32 x 32} + \li 33 x 33 + \li \b {48 x 48} + \li 64 x 64 \endtable For sizes up to 16 x 16, QIcon uses \c qt_extended_16x16.png and @@ -224,13 +224,13 @@ The Icons example consists of four classes: \list - \o \c MainWindow inherits QMainWindow and is the main application + \li \c MainWindow inherits QMainWindow and is the main application window. - \o \c IconPreviewArea is a custom widget that displays all + \li \c IconPreviewArea is a custom widget that displays all combinations of states and modes for a given icon. - \o \c IconSizeSpinBox is a subclass of QSpinBox that lets the + \li \c IconSizeSpinBox is a subclass of QSpinBox that lets the user enter icon sizes (e.g., "48 x 48"). - \o \c ImageDelegate is a subclass of QItemDelegate that provides + \li \c ImageDelegate is a subclass of QItemDelegate that provides comboboxes for letting the user set the mode and state associated with an image. \endlist @@ -332,13 +332,13 @@ constructor, and declare several private slots: \list - \o The \c about() slot simply provides information about the example. - \o The \c changeStyle() slot changes the application's GUI style and + \li The \c about() slot simply provides information about the example. + \li The \c changeStyle() slot changes the application's GUI style and adjust the style dependent size options. - \o The \c changeSize() slot changes the size of the preview area's icon. - \o The \c changeIcon() slot updates the set of pixmaps available to the + \li The \c changeSize() slot changes the size of the preview area's icon. + \li The \c changeIcon() slot updates the set of pixmaps available to the icon displayed in the preview area. - \o The \c addImage() slot allows the user to load a new image into the + \li The \c addImage() slot allows the user to load a new image into the application. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/imagecomposition.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/imagecomposition.qdoc index edefcface4..d7700858a0 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/imagecomposition.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/imagecomposition.qdoc @@ -86,11 +86,11 @@ We connect the following signals to their corresponding slots: \list - \o \c{sourceButton}'s \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} signal is + \li \c{sourceButton}'s \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} signal is connected to \c chooseSource(), - \o \c{operatorComboBox}'s \l{QComboBox::activated()}{activated()} + \li \c{operatorComboBox}'s \l{QComboBox::activated()}{activated()} signal is connected to \c recalculateResult(), and - \o \c{destinationButton}'s \l{QToolButton::clicked()}{clicked()} signal + \li \c{destinationButton}'s \l{QToolButton::clicked()}{clicked()} signal is connected to \c chooseDestination(). \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/imageviewer.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/imageviewer.qdoc index 18cdccb5ed..638c0c3fb4 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/imageviewer.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/imageviewer.qdoc @@ -49,18 +49,18 @@ to: \list - \o \gui{Open...} - Open an image file - \o \gui{Print...} - Print an image - \o \gui{Exit} - Exit the application + \li \gui{Open...} - Open an image file + \li \gui{Print...} - Print an image + \li \gui{Exit} - Exit the application \endlist Once an image is loaded, the \gui View menu allows the users to: \list - \o \gui{Zoom In} - Scale the image up by 25% - \o \gui{Zoom Out} - Scale the image down by 25% - \o \gui{Normal Size} - Show the image at its original size - \o \gui{Fit to Window} - Stretch the image to occupy the entire window + \li \gui{Zoom In} - Scale the image up by 25% + \li \gui{Zoom Out} - Scale the image down by 25% + \li \gui{Normal Size} - Show the image at its original size + \li \gui{Fit to Window} - Stretch the image to occupy the entire window \endlist In addition the \gui Help menu provides the users with information @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage imageviewer-original_size.png - \o \inlineimage imageviewer-zoom_in_1.png - \o \inlineimage imageviewer-zoom_in_2.png + \li \inlineimage imageviewer-original_size.png + \li \inlineimage imageviewer-zoom_in_1.png + \li \inlineimage imageviewer-zoom_in_2.png \endtable \snippet examples/widgets/imageviewer/imageviewer.cpp 11 @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage imageviewer-original_size.png - \o \inlineimage imageviewer-fit_to_window_1.png - \o \inlineimage imageviewer-fit_to_window_2.png + \li \inlineimage imageviewer-original_size.png + \li \inlineimage imageviewer-fit_to_window_1.png + \li \inlineimage imageviewer-fit_to_window_2.png \endtable If the slot is called to turn off the option, the diff --git a/doc/src/examples/licensewizard.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/licensewizard.qdoc index 92e51dec3b..3a325100a7 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/licensewizard.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/licensewizard.qdoc @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ The example consists of the following classes: \list - \o \c LicenseWizard inherits QWizard and implements a non-linear + \li \c LicenseWizard inherits QWizard and implements a non-linear five-page wizard that leads the user through the process of choosing a license agreement. - \o \c IntroPage, \c EvaluatePage, \c RegisterPage, \c + \li \c IntroPage, \c EvaluatePage, \c RegisterPage, \c DetailsPage, and \c ConclusionPage are QWizardPage subclasses that implement the wizard pages. \endlist @@ -71,12 +71,12 @@ The enum defines the IDs associated with the various pages: \table - \header \o Class name \o Enum value \o Page ID - \row \o \c IntroPage \o \c Page_Intro \o 0 - \row \o \c EvaluatePage \o \c Page_Evaluate \o 1 - \row \o \c RegisterPage \o \c Page_Register \o 2 - \row \o \c DetailsPage \o \c Page_Details \o 3 - \row \o \c ConclusionPage \o \c Page_Conclusion \o 4 + \header \li Class name \li Enum value \li Page ID + \row \li \c IntroPage \li \c Page_Intro \li 0 + \row \li \c EvaluatePage \li \c Page_Evaluate \li 1 + \row \li \c RegisterPage \li \c Page_Register \li 2 + \row \li \c DetailsPage \li \c Page_Details \li 3 + \row \li \c ConclusionPage \li \c Page_Conclusion \li 4 \endtable For this example, the IDs are arbitrary. The only constraints are @@ -206,11 +206,11 @@ QWidget::setVisible(): \list - \o If the page is shown, we set the \l{QWizard::}{CustomButton1} button's + \li If the page is shown, we set the \l{QWizard::}{CustomButton1} button's text to \gui{\underline{P}rint}, we enable the \l{QWizard::}{HaveCustomButton1} option, and we connect the QWizard's \l{QWizard::}{customButtonClicked()} signal to our \c printButtonClicked() slot. - \o If the page is hidden, we disable the \l{QWizard::}{HaveCustomButton1} + \li If the page is hidden, we disable the \l{QWizard::}{HaveCustomButton1} option and disconnect the \c printButtonClicked() slot. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/maemovibration.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/maemovibration.qdoc index 855793cf75..78bb7f5334 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/maemovibration.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/maemovibration.qdoc @@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ The code makes use of two classes: \list - \o \c MceVibrator connects to the MCE service and can start a certain + \li \c MceVibrator connects to the MCE service and can start a certain vibrator pattern. It also is responsible to parse the configuration file. - \o \c ButtonWidget provides a button for each pattern. Pressing the button + \li \c ButtonWidget provides a button for each pattern. Pressing the button activates the pattern in question. \endlist @@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ are available to us. \list - \o \c mceInterface is our D-Bus handle to the MCE service. We use it to + \li \c mceInterface is our D-Bus handle to the MCE service. We use it to invoke methods on the MCE request object. - \o \c lastPatternName contains the pattern that was activated last time. We + \li \c lastPatternName contains the pattern that was activated last time. We have to keep track of this, because the last pattern has to be deactivated before activating a new pattern. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/mandelbrot.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/mandelbrot.qdoc index 23e51ba637..a560766bdd 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/mandelbrot.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/mandelbrot.qdoc @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage mandelbrot_zoom1.png - \o \inlineimage mandelbrot_zoom2.png - \o \inlineimage mandelbrot_zoom3.png + \li \inlineimage mandelbrot_zoom1.png + \li \inlineimage mandelbrot_zoom2.png + \li \inlineimage mandelbrot_zoom3.png \endtable Similarly, when the user scrolls, the previous pixmap is scrolled @@ -77,17 +77,17 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage mandelbrot_scroll1.png - \o \inlineimage mandelbrot_scroll2.png - \o \inlineimage mandelbrot_scroll3.png + \li \inlineimage mandelbrot_scroll1.png + \li \inlineimage mandelbrot_scroll2.png + \li \inlineimage mandelbrot_scroll3.png \endtable The application consists of two classes: \list - \o \c RenderThread is a QThread subclass that renders + \li \c RenderThread is a QThread subclass that renders the Mandelbrot set. - \o \c MandelbrotWidget is a QWidget subclass that shows the + \li \c MandelbrotWidget is a QWidget subclass that shows the Mandelbrot set on screen and lets the user zoom and scroll. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/mousecalibration.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/mousecalibration.qdoc index b42d95956e..39b9140f28 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/mousecalibration.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/mousecalibration.qdoc @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ The example consists of two classes in addition to the main program: \list - \o \c Calibration is a dialog widget that retrieves the device coordinates. - \o \c ScribbleWidget is a minimal drawing program used to let the user + \li \c Calibration is a dialog widget that retrieves the device coordinates. + \li \c ScribbleWidget is a minimal drawing program used to let the user test the new mouse settings. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/moveblocks.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/moveblocks.qdoc index d3332be834..38551abd28 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/moveblocks.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/moveblocks.qdoc @@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ The example consists of the following classes: \list - \o \c StateSwitcher inherits QState and can add + \li \c StateSwitcher inherits QState and can add \c {StateSwitchTransition}s to other states. When entered, it will randomly transition to one of these states. - \o \c StateSwitchTransition is a custom transition that + \li \c StateSwitchTransition is a custom transition that triggers on \c{StateSwitchEvent}s. - \o \c StateSwitchEvent is a QEvent that triggers \c{StateSwitchTransition}s. - \o \c QGraphicsRectWidget is a QGraphicsWidget that simply + \li \c StateSwitchEvent is a QEvent that triggers \c{StateSwitchTransition}s. + \li \c QGraphicsRectWidget is a QGraphicsWidget that simply paints its background in a solid \l{Qt::}{blue} color. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/orderform.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/orderform.qdoc index de967ecebd..94e4914444 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/orderform.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/orderform.qdoc @@ -161,21 +161,21 @@ \table \row - \o {1, 8} frame with \e{referenceFrameFormat} + \li {1, 8} frame with \e{referenceFrameFormat} \row - \o block \o \c{A company} + \li block \li \c{A company} \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block \o \c{321 City Street} + \li block \li \c{321 City Street} \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block \o \c{Industry Park} + \li block \li \c{Industry Park} \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block \o \c{Another country} + \li block \li \c{Another country} \endtable This is accomplished with the following code: @@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ \table \row - \o block \o \c{Donald} + \li block \li \c{Donald} \row - \o block \o \c{47338 Park Avenue} + \li block \li \c{47338 Park Avenue} \row - \o block \o \c{Big City} + \li block \li \c{Big City} \endtable For spacing purposes, we invoke \l{QTextCursor::insertBlock()} @@ -221,21 +221,21 @@ \table \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block \o \c{Date: 25 May 2007} + \li block \li \c{Date: 25 May 2007} \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o {1, 4} frame with \e{bodyFrameFormat} + \li {1, 4} frame with \e{bodyFrameFormat} \row - \o block \o \c{I would like to place an order for the following items:} + \li block \li \c{I would like to place an order for the following items:} \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block + \li block \endtable A QTextTableFormat object, \c orderTableFormat, is used to hold the type @@ -257,27 +257,27 @@ \table \row - \o {1, 11} \c{orderTable} with \e{orderTableFormat} + \li {1, 11} \c{orderTable} with \e{orderTableFormat} \row - \o block \o \c{Product} + \li block \li \c{Product} \row - \o block \o \c{Quantity} + \li block \li \c{Quantity} \row - \o block \o \c{T-shirt} + \li block \li \c{T-shirt} \row - \o block \o \c{4} + \li block \li \c{4} \row - \o block \o \c{Badge} + \li block \li \c{Badge} \row - \o block \o \c{3} + \li block \li \c{3} \row - \o block \o \c{Reference book} + \li block \li \c{Reference book} \row - \o block \o \c{2} + \li block \li \c{2} \row - \o block \o \c{Coffee cup} + \li block \li \c{Coffee cup} \row - \o block \o \c{5} + \li block \li \c{5} \endtable The \c cursor is then moved back to \c{topFrame}'s @@ -296,19 +296,19 @@ \table \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block\o \c{Please update my...} + \li block\li \c{Please update my...} \row - \o {1, 5} block + \li {1, 5} block \row - \o {1, 4} \c{offersTable} + \li {1, 4} \c{offersTable} \row - \o block \o \c{I want to receive...} + \li block \li \c{I want to receive...} \row - \o block \o \c{I do not want to receive...} + \li block \li \c{I do not want to receive...} \row - \o block \o \c{X} + \li block \li \c{X} \endtable The \c cursor is moved to insert "Sincerely" along with the customer's @@ -321,17 +321,17 @@ \table \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o {1, 5} block\o \c{Sincerely,} + \li {1, 5} block\li \c{Sincerely,} \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block + \li block \row - \o block \o \c{Donald} + \li block \li \c{Donald} \endtable The \c createSample() function is used for illustration purposes, to create diff --git a/doc/src/examples/overpainting.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/overpainting.qdoc index 74f9f0a872..d20ee64698 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/overpainting.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/overpainting.qdoc @@ -214,30 +214,30 @@ calls, using the following approach: \list - \o Reimplement QGLWidget::initializeGL(), but only perform minimal + \li Reimplement QGLWidget::initializeGL(), but only perform minimal initialization. QPainter will perform its own initialization routines, modifying the matrix and property stacks, so it is better to defer certain initialization tasks until just before you render the 3D scene. - \o Reimplement QGLWidget::resizeGL() as in the pure 3D case. - \o Reimplement QWidget::paintEvent() to draw both 2D and 3D graphics. + \li Reimplement QGLWidget::resizeGL() as in the pure 3D case. + \li Reimplement QWidget::paintEvent() to draw both 2D and 3D graphics. \endlist The \l{QWidget::paintEvent()}{paintEvent()} implementation performs the following tasks: \list - \o Push the current OpenGL modelview matrix onto a stack. - \o Perform initialization tasks usually done in the + \li Push the current OpenGL modelview matrix onto a stack. + \li Perform initialization tasks usually done in the \l{QGLWidget::initializeGL()}{initializeGL()} function. - \o Perform code that would normally be located in the widget's + \li Perform code that would normally be located in the widget's \l{QGLWidget::resizeGL()}{resizeGL()} function to set the correct perspective transformation and set up the viewport. - \o Render the scene using OpenGL calls. - \o Pop the OpenGL modelview matrix off the stack. - \o Construct a QPainter object. - \o Initialize it for use on the widget with the QPainter::begin() function. - \o Draw primitives using QPainter's member functions. - \o Call QPainter::end() to finish painting. + \li Render the scene using OpenGL calls. + \li Pop the OpenGL modelview matrix off the stack. + \li Construct a QPainter object. + \li Initialize it for use on the widget with the QPainter::begin() function. + \li Draw primitives using QPainter's member functions. + \li Call QPainter::end() to finish painting. \endlist */ diff --git a/doc/src/examples/padnavigator.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/padnavigator.qdoc index 52d80adcb7..840c16b0c9 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/padnavigator.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/padnavigator.qdoc @@ -81,11 +81,11 @@ The private data members are: \list - \o \c pix: The optional pixmap that is drawn on top of the rectangle. - \o \c fillRect: Corresponds to the \c fill property. - \o \c color: The configurable gradient color fill of the rectangle. - \o \c bounds: The bounds of the rectangle. - \o \c gradient: A precalculated gradient used to fill the rectangle. + \li \c pix: The optional pixmap that is drawn on top of the rectangle. + \li \c fillRect: Corresponds to the \c fill property. + \li \c color: The configurable gradient color fill of the rectangle. + \li \c bounds: The bounds of the rectangle. + \li \c gradient: A precalculated gradient used to fill the rectangle. \endlist We will now review the \c RoundRectItem implementation. Let's start by @@ -320,13 +320,13 @@ QGraphicsRotation object for each of these. \list - \o \c flipRotation: Rotates the grid around its Qt::YAxis. This rotation is + \li \c flipRotation: Rotates the grid around its Qt::YAxis. This rotation is animated from 0 to 180, and eventually back, when enter is pressed on the keyboard, flipping the pad around. - \o \c xRotation: Rotates the grid around its Qt::XAxis. This is used to + \li \c xRotation: Rotates the grid around its Qt::XAxis. This is used to tilt the pad vertically corresponding to which item is currently selected. This way, the selected item is always kept in front. - \o \c yRotation: Rotates the grid around its Qt::YAxis. This is used to + \li \c yRotation: Rotates the grid around its Qt::YAxis. This is used to tilt the pad horizontally corresponding to which item is selected. This way, the selected item is always kept in front. \endlist @@ -391,11 +391,11 @@ values when flipped back: \list - \o \c smoothFlipRotation: Animates the main 180 degree rotation of the pad. - \o \c smoothFlipScale: Scales the pad out and then in again while the pad is rotating. - \o \c smoothFlipXRotation: Animates the selection item's X-tilt to 0 and back. - \o \c smoothFlipYRotation: Animates the selection item's Y-tilt to 0 and back. - \o \c flipAnimation: A parallel animation group that ensures all the above animations are run in parallel. + \li \c smoothFlipRotation: Animates the main 180 degree rotation of the pad. + \li \c smoothFlipScale: Scales the pad out and then in again while the pad is rotating. + \li \c smoothFlipXRotation: Animates the selection item's X-tilt to 0 and back. + \li \c smoothFlipYRotation: Animates the selection item's Y-tilt to 0 and back. + \li \c flipAnimation: A parallel animation group that ensures all the above animations are run in parallel. \endlist All animations are given a 500 millisecond duration and an @@ -433,10 +433,10 @@ states: \list - \o \c splashState: The initial state where the splash item is visible. - \o \c frontState: The base state where the splash is gone and we can see + \li \c splashState: The initial state where the splash item is visible. + \li \c frontState: The base state where the splash is gone and we can see the front side of the pad, and navigate the selection item. - \o \c backState: The flipped state where the \c backItem is visible, and we + \li \c backState: The flipped state where the \c backItem is visible, and we can interact with the QGraphicsProxyWidget-embedded form. \endlist @@ -531,18 +531,18 @@ The view toggles a few necessary properties: \list - \o It disables its scroll bars - this application has no use for scroll bars. - \o It assigns a minimum size. This is necessary to avoid numerical errors + \li It disables its scroll bars - this application has no use for scroll bars. + \li It assigns a minimum size. This is necessary to avoid numerical errors in our fit-in-view \c resizeEvent() implementation. - \o It sets \l{QGraphicsView::FullViewportUpdate}{FullViewportUpdate}, to + \li It sets \l{QGraphicsView::FullViewportUpdate}{FullViewportUpdate}, to ensure QGraphicsView doesn't spend time figuring out precisely what needs to be redrawn. This application is very simple - if anything changes, everything is updated. - \o It enables background caching - this makes no performance difference + \li It enables background caching - this makes no performance difference with OpenGL, but without OpenGL it avoids unnecessary re-scaling of the background pixmap. - \o It sets render hints that increase rendering quality. - \o If OpenGL is supported, a QGLWidget viewport is assigned to the view. + \li It sets render hints that increase rendering quality. + \li If OpenGL is supported, a QGLWidget viewport is assigned to the view. \endlist Finally, we start the state engine. diff --git a/doc/src/examples/painterpaths.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/painterpaths.qdoc index 868c4f5283..1bee28f029 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/painterpaths.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/painterpaths.qdoc @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ The example consists of two classes: \list - \o The \c RenderArea class which is a custom widget displaying + \li The \c RenderArea class which is a custom widget displaying a single painter path. - \o The \c Window class which is the applications main window + \li The \c Window class which is the applications main window displaying several \c RenderArea widgets, and allowing the user to manipulate the painter paths' filling, pen, color and rotation angle. diff --git a/doc/src/examples/pixelator.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/pixelator.qdoc index 8eec198aba..6dff9e1b87 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/pixelator.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/pixelator.qdoc @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ of standard views. To do this, we implement the following components: \list - \i A model which represents each pixel in an image as an item of data, where each + \li A model which represents each pixel in an image as an item of data, where each item contains a value for the brightness of the corresponding pixel. - \i A custom delegate that uses the information supplied by the model to represent + \li A custom delegate that uses the information supplied by the model to represent each pixel as a black circle on a white background, where the radius of the circle corresponds to the darkness of the pixel. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/plugandpaint.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/plugandpaint.qdoc index 118afa6a02..ee3f6fefe9 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/plugandpaint.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/plugandpaint.qdoc @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ Plug & Paint consists of the following classes: \list - \o \c MainWindow is a QMainWindow subclass that provides the menu + \li \c MainWindow is a QMainWindow subclass that provides the menu system and that contains a \c PaintArea as the central widget. - \o \c PaintArea is a QWidget that allows the user to draw using a + \li \c PaintArea is a QWidget that allows the user to draw using a brush and to insert shapes. - \o \c PluginDialog is a dialog that shows information about the + \li \c PluginDialog is a dialog that shows information about the plugins detected by the application. - \o \c BrushInterface, \c ShapeInterface, and \c FilterInterface are + \li \c BrushInterface, \c ShapeInterface, and \c FilterInterface are abstract base classes that can be implemented by plugins to provide custom brushes, shapes, and image filters. \endlist @@ -321,10 +321,10 @@ plugin: \list 1 - \o Declare a plugin class. - \o Implement the interfaces provided by the plugin. - \o Export the plugin using the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro. - \o Build the plugin using an adequate \c .pro file. + \li Declare a plugin class. + \li Implement the interfaces provided by the plugin. + \li Export the plugin using the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro. + \li Build the plugin using an adequate \c .pro file. \endlist \section1 Declaration of the Plugin Class @@ -377,15 +377,15 @@ Then comes the brush-dependent part of the code: \list - \o If the brush is \gui{Pencil}, we just call + \li If the brush is \gui{Pencil}, we just call QPainter::drawLine() with the current QPen. - \o If the brush is \gui{Air Brush}, we start by setting the + \li If the brush is \gui{Air Brush}, we start by setting the painter's QBrush to Qt::Dense6Pattern to obtain a dotted pattern. Then we draw a circle filled with that QBrush several times, resulting in a thick line. - \o If the brush is \gui{Random Letters}, we draw a random letter + \li If the brush is \gui{Random Letters}, we draw a random letter at the new cursor position. Most of the code is for setting the font to be bold and larger than the default font and for computing an appropriate bounding rect. diff --git a/doc/src/examples/rogue.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/rogue.qdoc index 38c871c7db..44e371c667 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/rogue.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/rogue.qdoc @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ The example consists of two classes: \list - \o \c Window draws the text display of the game and sets + \li \c Window draws the text display of the game and sets up the state machine. The window also has a status bar above the area in which the rouge moves. - \o \c MovementTransition is a transition that carries out + \li \c MovementTransition is a transition that carries out a single move of the rogue. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/screenshot.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/screenshot.qdoc index e99fe6cc19..7ee7ddb9c7 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/screenshot.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/screenshot.qdoc @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ desktop. They are provided with a couple of options: \list - \o Delaying the screenshot, giving them time to rearrange + \li Delaying the screenshot, giving them time to rearrange their desktop. - \o Hiding the application's window while the screenshot is taken. + \li Hiding the application's window while the screenshot is taken. \endlist In addition the application allows the users to save their @@ -63,10 +63,10 @@ to facilitate the options: \list - \o The \c newScreenshot() slot prepares a new screenshot. - \o The \c saveScreenshot() slot saves the last screenshot. - \o The \c shootScreen() slot takes the screenshot. - \o The \c updateCheckBox() slot enables or disables the + \li The \c newScreenshot() slot prepares a new screenshot. + \li The \c saveScreenshot() slot saves the last screenshot. + \li The \c shootScreen() slot takes the screenshot. + \li The \c updateCheckBox() slot enables or disables the \gui {Hide This Window} option. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/scribble.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/scribble.qdoc index d9386843a5..5d801bf9cc 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/scribble.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/scribble.qdoc @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ The example consists of two classes: \list - \o \c ScribbleArea is a custom widget that displays a QImage and + \li \c ScribbleArea is a custom widget that displays a QImage and allows to the user to draw on it. - \o \c MainWindow provides a menu above the \c ScribbleArea. + \li \c MainWindow provides a menu above the \c ScribbleArea. \endlist We will start by reviewing the \c ScribbleArea class. Then we will @@ -85,14 +85,14 @@ We also need the following private variables: \list - \o \c modified is \c true if there are unsaved + \li \c modified is \c true if there are unsaved changes to the image displayed in the scribble area. - \o \c scribbling is \c true while the user is pressing + \li \c scribbling is \c true while the user is pressing the left mouse button within the scribble area. - \o \c penWidth and \c penColor hold the currently + \li \c penWidth and \c penColor hold the currently set width and color for the pen used in the application. - \o \c image stores the image drawn by the user. - \o \c lastPoint holds the position of the cursor at the last + \li \c image stores the image drawn by the user. + \li \c lastPoint holds the position of the cursor at the last mouse press or mouse move event. \endlist @@ -176,18 +176,18 @@ good reasons for this: \list - \o The window system requires us to be able to redraw the widget + \li The window system requires us to be able to redraw the widget \e{at any time}. For example, if the window is minimized and restored, the window system might have forgotten the contents of the widget and send us a paint event. In other words, we can't rely on the window system to remember our image. - \o Qt normally doesn't allow us to paint outside of \c + \li Qt normally doesn't allow us to paint outside of \c paintEvent(). In particular, we can't paint from the mouse event handlers. (This behavior can be changed using the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen widget attribute, though.) - \o If initialized properly, a QImage is guaranteed to use 8-bit + \li If initialized properly, a QImage is guaranteed to use 8-bit for each color channel (red, green, blue, and alpha), whereas a QWidget might have a lower color depth, depending on the monitor configuration. This means that if we load a 24-bit or diff --git a/doc/src/examples/simpletreemodel.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/simpletreemodel.qdoc index 36e0632eb2..ed584a3307 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/simpletreemodel.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/simpletreemodel.qdoc @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ \target SimpleTreeModelStructure \table - \row \i \inlineimage treemodel-structure.png - \i \bold{Simple Tree Model Structure} + \row \li \inlineimage treemodel-structure.png + \li \b{Simple Tree Model Structure} The data is stored internally in the model using \c TreeItem objects that are linked together in a pointer-based tree structure. Generally, each @@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ structure. The functions provide the following features: \list - \o The \c appendChildItem() is used to add data when the model is first + \li The \c appendChildItem() is used to add data when the model is first constructed and is not used during normal use. - \o The \c child() and \c childCount() functions allow the model to obtain + \li The \c child() and \c childCount() functions allow the model to obtain information about any child items. - \o Information about the number of columns associated with the item is + \li Information about the number of columns associated with the item is provided by \c columnCount(), and the data in each column can be obtained with the data() function. - \o The \c row() and \c parent() functions are used to obtain the item's + \li The \c row() and \c parent() functions are used to obtain the item's row number and parent item. \endlist @@ -320,10 +320,10 @@ We process the text file with the following two rules: \list - \o For each pair of strings on each line, create an item (or node) + \li For each pair of strings on each line, create an item (or node) in a tree structure, and place each string in a column of data in the item. - \o When the first string on a line is indented with respect to the + \li When the first string on a line is indented with respect to the first string on the previous line, make the item a child of the previous item created. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/sipdialog.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/sipdialog.qdoc index 2b51af4fdc..b5f18cb4be 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/sipdialog.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/sipdialog.qdoc @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ the Windows Mobile SIP (Software Input Panel) and reacts to it. \table - \row \o \inlineimage sipdialog-closed.png - \o \inlineimage sipdialog-opened.png + \row \li \inlineimage sipdialog-closed.png + \li \inlineimage sipdialog-opened.png \endtable Sometimes it is necessary for a dialog to take the SIP into account, @@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ The following signals are connected to their respective slots: \list - \o \c{button}'s \l{QPushButton::pressed()}{pressed()} signal to + \li \c{button}'s \l{QPushButton::pressed()}{pressed()} signal to \l{QApplication}'s \l{QApplication::closeAllWindows()} {closeAllWindows()} slot, - \o \l{QDesktopWidget}'s \l{QDesktopWidget::workAreaResized()} + \li \l{QDesktopWidget}'s \l{QDesktopWidget::workAreaResized()} {workAreaResized()} signal to \c{dialog}'s \c desktopResized() slot. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/sliders.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/sliders.qdoc index e71986bfc9..49d41a9d18 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/sliders.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/sliders.qdoc @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ \list - \o \c SlidersGroup is a custom widget. It combines a QSlider, a + \li \c SlidersGroup is a custom widget. It combines a QSlider, a QScrollBar and a QDial. - \o \c Window is the main widget combining a QGroupBox and a + \li \c Window is the main widget combining a QGroupBox and a QStackedWidget. In this example, the QStackedWidget provides a stack of two \c SlidersGroup widgets. The QGroupBox contain several widgets that control the behavior of the slider-like @@ -122,10 +122,10 @@ slider-like widgets: \table - \header \o \o{2,1} QSlider \o{2,1} QScrollBar \o{2,1} QDial - \header \o \o Normal \o Inverted \o Normal \o Inverted \o Normal \o Inverted - \row \o Qt::Horizontal \o Left to right \o Right to left \o Left to right \o Right to left \o Clockwise \o Counterclockwise - \row \o Qt::Vertical \o Bottom to top \o Top to bottom \o Top to bottom \o Bottom to top \o Clockwise \o Counterclockwise + \header \li \li{2,1} QSlider \li{2,1} QScrollBar \li{2,1} QDial + \header \li \li Normal \li Inverted \li Normal \li Inverted \li Normal \li Inverted + \row \li Qt::Horizontal \li Left to right \li Right to left \li Left to right \li Right to left \li Clockwise \li Counterclockwise + \row \li Qt::Vertical \li Bottom to top \li Top to bottom \li Top to bottom \li Bottom to top \li Clockwise \li Counterclockwise \endtable It is common to invert the appearance of a vertical QSlider. A diff --git a/doc/src/examples/stardelegate.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/stardelegate.qdoc index 01507eaf82..c9cc1f40cf 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/stardelegate.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/stardelegate.qdoc @@ -58,15 +58,15 @@ The example consists of the following classes: \list - \o \c StarRating is the custom data type. It stores a rating + \li \c StarRating is the custom data type. It stores a rating expressed as stars, such as "2 out of 5 stars" or "5 out of 6 stars". - \o \c StarDelegate inherits QItemDelegate and provides support + \li \c StarDelegate inherits QItemDelegate and provides support for \c StarRating (in addition to the data types already handled by QItemDelegate). - \o \c StarEditor inherits QWidget and is used by \c StarDelegate + \li \c StarEditor inherits QWidget and is used by \c StarDelegate to let the user edit a star rating using the mouse. \endlist @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ editor are: \list - \o It is possible to open editors programmatically by calling + \li It is possible to open editors programmatically by calling QAbstractItemView::edit(), instead of relying on edit triggers. This could be use to support other edit triggers than those offered by the QAbstractItemView::EditTrigger enum. @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ item with the mouse might make sense as a way to pop up an editor. - \o By reimplementing QAbstractItemDelegate::editorEvent(), it is + \li By reimplementing QAbstractItemDelegate::editorEvent(), it is possible to implement the editor directly in the delegate, instead of creating a separate QWidget subclass. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/styles.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/styles.qdoc index 91fd1d54d7..d1f5091a4b 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/styles.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/styles.qdoc @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ The example consists of the following classes: \list - \o \c NorwegianWoodStyle inherits from QMotifStyle and implements + \li \c NorwegianWoodStyle inherits from QMotifStyle and implements the Norwegian Wood style. - \o \c WidgetGallery is a \c QDialog subclass that shows the most + \li \c WidgetGallery is a \c QDialog subclass that shows the most common widgets and allows the user to switch style dynamically. \endlist @@ -91,16 +91,16 @@ resources}. \table - \row \o \inlineimage widgets/styles/images/woodbackground.png + \row \li \inlineimage widgets/styles/images/woodbackground.png - \o \bold{woodbackground.png} + \li \b{woodbackground.png} This texture is used as the background of most widgets. The wood pattern is horizontal. - \row \o \inlineimage widgets/styles/images/woodbutton.png + \row \li \inlineimage widgets/styles/images/woodbutton.png - \o \bold{woodbutton.png} + \li \b{woodbutton.png} This texture is used for filling push buttons and comboboxes. The wood pattern is vertical and more reddish @@ -261,17 +261,17 @@ them based on the state of the button: \list - \o If the button is a \l{QPushButton::flat}{flat button}, we use + \li If the button is a \l{QPushButton::flat}{flat button}, we use the \l{QPalette::Background}{Background} brush. We set \c darker to \c true if the button is \l{QAbstractButton::down}{down} or \l{QAbstractButton::checked}{checked}. - \o If the button is currently held down by the user or in the + \li If the button is currently held down by the user or in the \l{QAbstractButton::checked}{checked} state, we use the \l{QPalette::Mid}{Mid} component of the palette. We set \c darker to \c true if the button is \l{QAbstractButton::checked}{checked}. - \o Otherwise, we use the \l{QPalette::Button}{Button} component + \li Otherwise, we use the \l{QPalette::Button}{Button} component of the palette. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/svgalib.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/svgalib.qdoc index cac14a7469..f25a3e21a8 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/svgalib.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/svgalib.qdoc @@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ approach: \list 1 - \o \l {Step 1: Creating a Custom Graphics Driver} + \li \l {Step 1: Creating a Custom Graphics Driver} {Creating a Custom Graphics Driver} - \o \l {Step 2: Implementing a Custom Raster Paint Engine} + \li \l {Step 2: Implementing a Custom Raster Paint Engine} {Implementing a Custom Paint Engine} - \o \l {Step 3: Making the Widgets Aware of the Custom Paint + \li \l {Step 3: Making the Widgets Aware of the Custom Paint Engine}{Making the Widgets Aware of the Custom Paint Engine} \endlist @@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_examples_svgalib.qdoc 0 \table - \header \o SVGAlib - \row \o + \header \li SVGAlib + \row \li Instead of interfacing the graphics hardware directly, this example relies on \l {http://www.svgalib.org}{SVGAlib} being @@ -212,9 +212,9 @@ respectively. \table - \header \o Private Header Files + \header \li Private Header Files \row - \o + \li Note the \c include statement used by this class. The files prefixed with \c private/ are private headers file within @@ -285,9 +285,9 @@ adjustments of the graphics driver. \list - \o \l {Implementing a Custom Paint Device} - \o \l {Implementing a Custom Window Surface} - \o \l {Adjusting the Graphics Driver} + \li \l {Implementing a Custom Paint Device} + \li \l {Implementing a Custom Window Surface} + \li \l {Adjusting the Graphics Driver} \endlist \section2 Implementing a Custom Paint Device diff --git a/doc/src/examples/syntaxhighlighter.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/syntaxhighlighter.qdoc index d86719ab19..597a1a2bf3 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/syntaxhighlighter.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/syntaxhighlighter.qdoc @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ The example consists of two classes: \list - \o The \c Highlighter class defines and applies the + \li The \c Highlighter class defines and applies the highlighting rules. - \o The \c MainWindow widget is the application's main window. + \li The \c MainWindow widget is the application's main window. \endlist We will first review the \c Highlighter class to see how you can diff --git a/doc/src/examples/tablet.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/tablet.qdoc index 249b593e9b..57fa7d5eca 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/tablet.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/tablet.qdoc @@ -61,15 +61,15 @@ The example consists of the following: \list - \o The \c MainWindow class inherits QMainWindow and creates + \li The \c MainWindow class inherits QMainWindow and creates the examples menus and connect their slots and signals. - \o The \c TabletCanvas class inherits QWidget and + \li The \c TabletCanvas class inherits QWidget and receives tablet events. It uses the events to paint on a offscreen pixmap, which it draws onto itself. - \o The \c TabletApplication class inherits QApplication. This + \li The \c TabletApplication class inherits QApplication. This class handles tablet events that are not sent to \c tabletEvent(). We will look at this later. - \o The \c main() function creates a \c MainWindow and shows it + \li The \c main() function creates a \c MainWindow and shows it as a top level window. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/tetrix.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/tetrix.qdoc index 1eb92a2a4a..fca5229ad8 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/tetrix.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/tetrix.qdoc @@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ This example shows how a simple game can be created using only three classes: \list - \o The \c TetrixWindow class is used to display the player's score, number of + \li The \c TetrixWindow class is used to display the player's score, number of lives, and information about the next piece to appear. - \o The \c TetrixBoard class contains the game logic, handles keyboard input, and + \li The \c TetrixBoard class contains the game logic, handles keyboard input, and displays the pieces on the playing area. - \o The \c TetrixPiece class contains information about each piece. + \li The \c TetrixPiece class contains information about each piece. \endlist In this approach, the \c TetrixBoard class is the most complex class, since it diff --git a/doc/src/examples/textfinder.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/textfinder.qdoc index 17c52c2208..8f1ed5d340 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/textfinder.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/textfinder.qdoc @@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ resource and is loaded into the display at startup. \table - \row \o \inlineimage textfinder-example-find.png - \o \inlineimage textfinder-example-find2.png + \row \li \inlineimage textfinder-example-find.png + \li \inlineimage textfinder-example-find2.png \endtable \section1 Setting Up The Resource File The resources required for Text Finder are: \list - \o \e{textfinder.ui} - the user interface file created in QtDesigner - \o \e{input.txt} - a text file containing some text to be displayed + \li \e{textfinder.ui} - the user interface file created in QtDesigner + \li \e{input.txt} - a text file containing some text to be displayed in the QTextEdit \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/tooltips.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/tooltips.qdoc index d506268bd8..cfa1884097 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/tooltips.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/tooltips.qdoc @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ The Tooltips example consists of two classes: \list - \o \c ShapeItem is a custom widget representing one single shape item. - \o \c SortingBox inherits from QWidget and is the application's main + \li \c ShapeItem is a custom widget representing one single shape item. + \li \c SortingBox inherits from QWidget and is the application's main widget. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/transformations.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/transformations.qdoc index 9a23c6c8e6..8bca26eb77 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/transformations.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/transformations.qdoc @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ The example consists of two classes and a global enum: \list - \o The \c RenderArea class controls the rendering of a given shape. - \o The \c Window class is the application's main window. - \o The \c Operation enum describes the various transformation + \li The \c RenderArea class controls the rendering of a given shape. + \li The \c Window class is the application's main window. + \li The \c Operation enum describes the various transformation operations available in the application. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/trollprint.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/trollprint.qdoc index 4127348b39..63566bdc21 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/trollprint.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/trollprint.qdoc @@ -200,11 +200,11 @@ editor and follow these steps: \list - \o Uncomment the two lines that create a QLabel with the text + \li Uncomment the two lines that create a QLabel with the text "\<b\>TROLL PRINT\</b\>" in \c printpanel.cpp. - \o Word-tidying: Replace "2-sided" by "Two-sided" in \c printpanel.cpp. - \o Replace "1.0" with "1.1" everywhere it occurs in \c mainwindow.cpp. - \o Update the copyright year to 1999-2000 in \c mainwindow.cpp. + \li Word-tidying: Replace "2-sided" by "Two-sided" in \c printpanel.cpp. + \li Replace "1.0" with "1.1" everywhere it occurs in \c mainwindow.cpp. + \li Update the copyright year to 1999-2000 in \c mainwindow.cpp. \endlist (Of course the version number and copyright year would be consts or @@ -214,25 +214,25 @@ Linguist}. The following items are of special interest: \list - \o \c MainWindow + \li \c MainWindow \list - \o Troll Print 1.0 - marked "(obs.)", obsolete - \o About Troll Print 1.0 - marked "(obs.)", obsolete - \o Troll Print 1.0. Copyright 1999 Software, Inc. - + \li Troll Print 1.0 - marked "(obs.)", obsolete + \li About Troll Print 1.0 - marked "(obs.)", obsolete + \li Troll Print 1.0. Copyright 1999 Software, Inc. - marked obsolete - \o Troll Print 1.1 - automatically translated as + \li Troll Print 1.1 - automatically translated as "Troll Imprimir 1.1" - \o About Troll Print 1.1 - automatically translated as + \li About Troll Print 1.1 - automatically translated as "Troll Imprimir 1.1" - \o Troll Print 1.1. Copyright 1999-2000 Software, + \li Troll Print 1.1. Copyright 1999-2000 Software, Inc. - automatically translated as "Troll Imprimir 1.1. Copyright 1999-2000 Software, Inc." \endlist - \o \c PrintPanel + \li \c PrintPanel \list - \o 2-sided - marked "(obs.)", obsolete - \o \<b\>TROLL PRINT\</b\> - unmarked, i.e. untranslated - \o Two-sided - unmarked, i.e. untranslated. + \li 2-sided - marked "(obs.)", obsolete + \li \<b\>TROLL PRINT\</b\> - unmarked, i.e. untranslated + \li Two-sided - unmarked, i.e. untranslated. \endlist \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/undoframework.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/undoframework.qdoc index 36e43f2ed8..0bc2efd025 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/undoframework.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/undoframework.qdoc @@ -61,18 +61,18 @@ The example consists of the following classes: \list - \o \c MainWindow is the main window and arranges the + \li \c MainWindow is the main window and arranges the example's widgets. It creates the commands based on user input and keeps them on the command stack. - \o \c AddCommand adds an item to the scene. - \o \c DeleteCommand deletes an item from the scene. - \o \c MoveCommand when an item is moved the MoveCommand keeps record + \li \c AddCommand adds an item to the scene. + \li \c DeleteCommand deletes an item from the scene. + \li \c MoveCommand when an item is moved the MoveCommand keeps record of the start and stop positions of the move, and it moves the item according to these when \c redo() and \c undo() is called. - \o \c DiagramScene inherits QGraphicsScene and + \li \c DiagramScene inherits QGraphicsScene and emits signals for the \c MoveComands when an item is moved. - \o \c DiagramItem inherits QGraphicsPolygonItem and represents + \li \c DiagramItem inherits QGraphicsPolygonItem and represents an item in the diagram. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/wiggly.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/wiggly.qdoc index 739f14d623..677e8b08ca 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/wiggly.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/wiggly.qdoc @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ The example consists of two classes: \list - \o \c WigglyWidget is the custom widget displaying the text + \li \c WigglyWidget is the custom widget displaying the text in a wiggly line. - \o \c Dialog is the dialog widget allowing the user to enter a + \li \c Dialog is the dialog widget allowing the user to enter a text. It combines a \c WigglyWidget and a \c QLineEdit. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/examples/windowflags.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/windowflags.qdoc index e39e4eddc7..09dc45c27f 100644 --- a/doc/src/examples/windowflags.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/examples/windowflags.qdoc @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ The example consists of two classes: \list - \o \c ControllerWindow is the main application widget that allows + \li \c ControllerWindow is the main application widget that allows the user to choose among the available window flags, and displays the effect on a separate preview window. - \o \c PreviewWindow is a custom widget displaying the name of + \li \c PreviewWindow is a custom widget displaying the name of its currently set window flags in a read-only text editor. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/gui/coordsys.qdoc b/doc/src/gui/coordsys.qdoc index ae1506ddd8..655dbf7cf3 100644 --- a/doc/src/gui/coordsys.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/gui/coordsys.qdoc @@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect.png - \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line.png + \li \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect.png + \li \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line.png \row - \o QRect(1, 2, 6, 4) - \o QLine(2, 7, 6, 1) + \li QRect(1, 2, 6, 4) + \li QLine(2, 7, 6, 1) \endtable \section2 Aliased Painting @@ -92,14 +92,14 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect-raster.png - \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line-raster.png + \li \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect-raster.png + \li \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line-raster.png \row - \o + \li \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.cpp 0 - \o + \li \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.cpp 1 \endtable @@ -112,19 +112,19 @@ \table \header - \o {3,1} QRectF + \li {3,1} QRectF \row - \o \inlineimage qrect-diagram-zero.png - \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-one.png + \li \inlineimage qrect-diagram-zero.png + \li \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-one.png \row - \o Logical representation - \o One pixel wide pen + \li Logical representation + \li One pixel wide pen \row - \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-two.png - \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-three.png + \li \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-two.png + \li \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-three.png \row - \o Two pixel wide pen - \o Three pixel wide pen + \li Two pixel wide pen + \li Three pixel wide pen \endtable Note that for historical reasons the return value of the @@ -158,14 +158,14 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect-antialias.png - \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line-antialias.png + \li \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect-antialias.png + \li \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line-antialias.png \row - \o + \li \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.cpp 2 - \o + \li \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.cpp 3 \endtable @@ -183,15 +183,15 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage qpainter-clock.png - \o \inlineimage qpainter-rotation.png - \o \inlineimage qpainter-scale.png - \o \inlineimage qpainter-translation.png + \li \inlineimage qpainter-clock.png + \li \inlineimage qpainter-rotation.png + \li \inlineimage qpainter-scale.png + \li \inlineimage qpainter-translation.png \row - \o nop - \o \l {QPainter::rotate()}{rotate()} - \o \l {QPainter::scale()}{scale()} - \o \l {QPainter::translate()}{translate()} + \li nop + \li \l {QPainter::rotate()}{rotate()} + \li \l {QPainter::scale()}{scale()} + \li \l {QPainter::translate()}{translate()} \endtable You can also twist the coordinate system around the origin using @@ -218,10 +218,10 @@ \table 100% \header - \o {2,1} Analog Clock Example + \li {2,1} Analog Clock Example \row - \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-analogclock.png - \o + \li \inlineimage coordinatesystem-analogclock.png + \li The Analog Clock example shows how to draw the contents of a custom widget using QPainter's transformation matrix. @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ sizes. \row - \o {2,1} + \li {2,1} \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 9 @@ -368,23 +368,23 @@ QPaintDevice, and QPaintEngine classes: \table - \header \o Class \o Description + \header \li Class \li Description \row - \o QPainter - \o + \li QPainter + \li The QPainter class performs low-level painting on widgets and other paint devices. QPainter can operate on any object that inherits the QPaintDevice class, using the same code. \row - \o QPaintDevice - \o + \li QPaintDevice + \li The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that can be painted. Qt provides several devices: QWidget, QImage, QPixmap, QPrinter and QPicture, and other devices can also be defined by subclassing QPaintDevice. \row - \o QPaintEngine - \o + \li QPaintEngine + \li The QPaintEngine class provides an abstract definition of how QPainter draws to a given device on a given platform. Qt 4 provides several premade implementations of QPaintEngine for the @@ -397,10 +397,10 @@ using the QTransform class: \table - \header \o Class \o Description + \header \li Class \li Description \row - \o QTransform - \o + \li QTransform + \li A 3 x 3 transformation matrix. Use QTransform to rotate, shear, scale, or translate the coordinate system. \endtable @@ -411,45 +411,45 @@ name is suffixed with an \c F. \table - \header \o Class \o Description + \header \li Class \li Description \row - \o \l{QPoint}(\l{QPointF}{F}) - \o + \li \l{QPoint}(\l{QPointF}{F}) + \li A single 2D point in the coordinate system. Most functions in Qt that deal with points can accept either a QPoint, a QPointF, two \c{int}s, or two \c{qreal}s. \row - \o \l{QSize}(\l{QSizeF}{F}) - \o + \li \l{QSize}(\l{QSizeF}{F}) + \li A single 2D vector. Internally, QPoint and QSize are the same, but a point is not the same as a size, so both classes exist. Again, most functions accept either QSizeF, a QSize, two \c{int}s, or two \c{qreal}s. \row - \o \l{QRect}(\l{QRectF}{F}) - \o + \li \l{QRect}(\l{QRectF}{F}) + \li A 2D rectangle. Most functions accept either a QRectF, a QRect, four \c{int}s, or four \c {qreal}s. \row - \o \l{QLine}(\l{QLineF}{F}) - \o + \li \l{QLine}(\l{QLineF}{F}) + \li A 2D finite-length line, characterized by a start point and an end point. \row - \o \l{QPolygon}(\l{QPolygonF}{F}) - \o + \li \l{QPolygon}(\l{QPolygonF}{F}) + \li A 2D polygon. A polygon is a vector of \c{QPoint(F)}s. If the first and last points are the same, the polygon is closed. \row - \o QPainterPath - \o + \li QPainterPath + \li A vectorial specification of a 2D shape. Painter paths are the ultimate painting primitive, in the sense that any shape (rectange, ellipse, spline) or combination of shapes can be expressed as a path. A path specifies both an outline and an area. \row - \o QRegion - \o + \li QRegion + \li An area in a paint device, expressed as a list of \l{QRect}s. In general, we recommend using the vectorial QPainterPath class instead of QRegion for specifying areas, diff --git a/doc/src/gui/paintsystem.qdoc b/doc/src/gui/paintsystem.qdoc index f9670ff5d8..4b33e4fed3 100644 --- a/doc/src/gui/paintsystem.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/gui/paintsystem.qdoc @@ -74,13 +74,13 @@ \section1 Topics \list - \o \l{Classes for Painting} - \o \l{Paint Devices and Backends} - \o \l{Drawing and Filling} - \o \l{Coordinate System} - \o \l{Reading and Writing Image Files} - \o \l{Styling} - \o \l{Printing with Qt} + \li \l{Classes for Painting} + \li \l{Paint Devices and Backends} + \li \l{Drawing and Filling} + \li \l{Coordinate System} + \li \l{Reading and Writing Image Files} + \li \l{Styling} + \li \l{Printing with Qt} \endlist \section1 Classes for Painting @@ -115,14 +115,14 @@ \image paintsystem-devices.png \table 100% - \row \o \bold Widget + \row \li \b Widget The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects. The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse, keyboard and other events from the window system, and paints a representation of itself on the screen. - \row \o \bold Image + \row \li \b Image The QImage class provides a hardware-independent image representation which is designed and optimized for I/O, and for @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ painting can be performed in another thread than the current GUI thread. - \row \o \bold Pixmap + \row \li \b Pixmap The QPixmap class is an off-screen image representation which is designed and optimized for showing images on screen. Unlike @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ constructing QRegion objects, and for setting masks for pixmaps and widgets. - \row \o \bold {OpenGL Widget} + \row \li \b {OpenGL Widget} As mentioned previously, Qt provides the QtOpenGL module offering classes that makes it easy to use OpenGL in Qt applications. For @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ most drawing operations, such as transformations and pixmap drawing. - \row \o \bold {Pixel Buffer} + \row \li \b {Pixel Buffer} The QtOpenGL module also provides the QGLPixelBuffer class which inherits QPaintDevice directly. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ pbuffer is normally done using full hardware acceleration which can be significantly faster than rendering into a QPixmap. - \row \o \bold {Framebuffer Object} + \row \li \b {Framebuffer Object} The QtOpenGL module also provides the QGLFramebufferObject class which inherits QPaintDevice directly. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ offer several advantages over pixel buffers for this purpose. These are described in the QGLFramebufferObject class documentation. - \row \o \bold {Picture} + \row \li \b {Picture} The QPicture class is a paint device that records and replays QPainter commands. A picture serializes painter commands to an IO @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Qt provides the QPicture::load() and QPicture::save() functions as well as streaming operators for loading and saving pictures. - \row \o \bold {Printer} + \row \li \b {Printer} The QPrinter class is a paint device that paints on a printer. On Windows or Mac OS X, QPrinter uses the built-in printer @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ to QPrinter::PdfFormat, QPrinter will generate its output as a PDF file. - \row \o \bold {Custom Backends} + \row \li \b {Custom Backends} Support for a new backend can be implemented by deriving from the QPaintDevice class and reimplementing the virtual @@ -238,17 +238,17 @@ \table \row - \o Windows - \o Software Rasterizer + \li Windows + \li Software Rasterizer \row - \o X11 - \o X11 + \li X11 + \li X11 \row - \o Mac OS X - \o CoreGraphics + \li Mac OS X + \li CoreGraphics \row - \o Embedded - \o Software Rasterizer + \li Embedded + \li Software Rasterizer \endtable Passing a command line parameter to the application, such as, @@ -289,8 +289,8 @@ \table 100% \row - \o \image paintsystem-painterpath.png - \o \bold QPainterPath + \li \image paintsystem-painterpath.png + \li \b QPainterPath A painter path is an object composed of lines and curves. For example, a rectangle is composed by lines and an ellipse is @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ pixels, and the benefits of anti-aliased painting. \table 100% - \row \o - \bold {Anti-Aliased Painting} + \row \li + \b {Anti-Aliased Painting} When drawing, the pixel rendering is controlled by the QPainter::Antialiasing render hint. The QPainter::RenderHint enum @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ antialias edges of primitives if possible, i.e. smoothing the edges by using different color intensities. - \o \image paintsystem-antialiasing.png + \li \image paintsystem-antialiasing.png \endtable @@ -376,8 +376,8 @@ \table 100% \row - \o \image paintsystem-fancygradient.png - \o \bold QGradient + \li \image paintsystem-fancygradient.png + \li \b QGradient The QGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to specify gradient fills. @@ -416,14 +416,14 @@ \table 100% \row - \o \bold QMovie + \li \b QMovie QMovie is a convenience class for displaying animations, using the QImageReader class internally. Once created, the QMovie class provides various functions for both running and controlling the given animation. - \o \image paintsystem-movie.png + \li \image paintsystem-movie.png \endtable The QImageReader and QImageWriter classes rely on the @@ -450,8 +450,8 @@ \table 100% \row - \o \image paintsystem-svg.png - \o \bold {SVG Rendering} + \li \image paintsystem-svg.png + \li \b {SVG Rendering} Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) is a language for describing two-dimensional graphics and graphical applications in XML. SVG 1.1 is a W3C Recommendation @@ -513,10 +513,10 @@ Most functions for drawing style elements take four arguments: \list - \o an enum value specifying which graphical element to draw - \o a QStyleOption object specifying how and where to render that element - \o a QPainter object that should be used to draw the element - \o a QWidget object on which the drawing is performed (optional) + \li an enum value specifying which graphical element to draw + \li a QStyleOption object specifying how and where to render that element + \li a QPainter object that should be used to draw the element + \li a QWidget object on which the drawing is performed (optional) \endlist The style gets all the information it needs to render the @@ -538,8 +538,8 @@ \table 100% \row - \o \inlineimage paintsystem-icon.png - \o \bold QIcon + \li \inlineimage paintsystem-icon.png + \li \b QIcon The QIcon class provides scalable icons in different modes and states. diff --git a/doc/src/network/files-and-resources/datastreamformat.qdoc b/doc/src/network/files-and-resources/datastreamformat.qdoc index 97cadac93e..17a0044a69 100644 --- a/doc/src/network/files-and-resources/datastreamformat.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/network/files-and-resources/datastreamformat.qdoc @@ -43,326 +43,326 @@ the application happens to be running on. \table - \row \o bool - \o \list - \o boolean - \endlist - \row \o qint8 - \o \list - \o signed byte - \endlist - \row \o qint16 - \o \list - \o signed 16-bit integer - \endlist - \row \o qint32 - \o \list - \o signed 32-bit integer - \endlist - \row \o qint64 - \o \list - \o signed 64-bit integer - \endlist - \row \o quint8 - \o \list - \o unsigned byte - \endlist - \row \o quint16 - \o \list - \o unsigned 16-bit integer - \endlist - \row \o quint32 - \o \list - \o unsigned 32-bit integer - \endlist - \row \o quint64 - \o \list - \o unsigned 64-bit integer - \endlist - \row \o \c float - \o \list - \o 32-bit floating point number using the standard IEEE 754 format - \endlist - \row \o \c double - \o \list - \o 64-bit floating point number using the standard IEEE 754 format - \endlist - \row \o \c {const char *} - \o \list - \o The string length (quint32) - \o The string bytes, excluding the terminating 0 - \endlist - \row \o QBitArray - \o \list - \o The array size (quint32) - \o The array bits, i.e. (size + 7)/8 bytes - \endlist - \row \o QBrush - \o \list - \o The brush style (quint8) - \o The brush color (QColor) - \o If style is CustomPattern, the brush pixmap (QPixmap) - \endlist - \row \o QByteArray - \o \list - \o If the byte array is null: 0xFFFFFFFF (quint32) - \o Otherwise: the array size (quint32) followed by the array bytes, i.e. size bytes - \endlist - \row \o \l QColor - \o \list - \o Color spec (qint8) - \o Alpha value (quint16) - \o Red value (quint16) - \o Green value (quint16) - \o Blue value (quint16) - \o Pad value (quint16) - \endlist - \row \o QCursor - \o \list - \o Shape ID (qint16) - \o If shape is BitmapCursor: The bitmap (QPixmap), mask (QPixmap), and hot spot (QPoint) - \endlist - \row \o QDate - \o \list - \o Julian day (quint32) - \endlist - \row \o QDateTime - \o \list - \o Date (QDate) - \o Time (QTime) - \o 0 for Qt::LocalTime, 1 for Qt::UTC (quint8) - \endlist - \row \o QEasingCurve - \o \list - \o type (quint8) - \o func (quint64) - \o hasConfig (bool) - \o If hasConfig is true then these fields follow: - \o list - \o period (double) - \o amplitude (double) - \o overshoot (double) - \endlist - \row \o QFont - \o \list - \o The family (QString) - \o The point size (qint16) - \o The style hint (quint8) - \o The char set (quint8) - \o The weight (quint8) - \o The font bits (quint8) - \endlist - \row \o QHash<Key, T> - \o \list - \o The number of items (quint32) - \o For all items, the key (Key) and value (T) - \endlist - \row \o QIcon - \o \list - \o The number of pixmap entries (quint32) - \o For all pixmap entries: + \row \li bool + \li \list + \li boolean + \endlist + \row \li qint8 + \li \list + \li signed byte + \endlist + \row \li qint16 + \li \list + \li signed 16-bit integer + \endlist + \row \li qint32 + \li \list + \li signed 32-bit integer + \endlist + \row \li qint64 + \li \list + \li signed 64-bit integer + \endlist + \row \li quint8 + \li \list + \li unsigned byte + \endlist + \row \li quint16 + \li \list + \li unsigned 16-bit integer + \endlist + \row \li quint32 + \li \list + \li unsigned 32-bit integer + \endlist + \row \li quint64 + \li \list + \li unsigned 64-bit integer + \endlist + \row \li \c float + \li \list + \li 32-bit floating point number using the standard IEEE 754 format + \endlist + \row \li \c double + \li \list + \li 64-bit floating point number using the standard IEEE 754 format + \endlist + \row \li \c {const char *} + \li \list + \li The string length (quint32) + \li The string bytes, excluding the terminating 0 + \endlist + \row \li QBitArray + \li \list + \li The array size (quint32) + \li The array bits, i.e. (size + 7)/8 bytes + \endlist + \row \li QBrush + \li \list + \li The brush style (quint8) + \li The brush color (QColor) + \li If style is CustomPattern, the brush pixmap (QPixmap) + \endlist + \row \li QByteArray + \li \list + \li If the byte array is null: 0xFFFFFFFF (quint32) + \li Otherwise: the array size (quint32) followed by the array bytes, i.e. size bytes + \endlist + \row \li \l QColor + \li \list + \li Color spec (qint8) + \li Alpha value (quint16) + \li Red value (quint16) + \li Green value (quint16) + \li Blue value (quint16) + \li Pad value (quint16) + \endlist + \row \li QCursor + \li \list + \li Shape ID (qint16) + \li If shape is BitmapCursor: The bitmap (QPixmap), mask (QPixmap), and hot spot (QPoint) + \endlist + \row \li QDate + \li \list + \li Julian day (quint32) + \endlist + \row \li QDateTime + \li \list + \li Date (QDate) + \li Time (QTime) + \li 0 for Qt::LocalTime, 1 for Qt::UTC (quint8) + \endlist + \row \li QEasingCurve + \li \list + \li type (quint8) + \li func (quint64) + \li hasConfig (bool) + \li If hasConfig is true then these fields follow: + \li list + \li period (double) + \li amplitude (double) + \li overshoot (double) + \endlist + \row \li QFont + \li \list + \li The family (QString) + \li The point size (qint16) + \li The style hint (quint8) + \li The char set (quint8) + \li The weight (quint8) + \li The font bits (quint8) + \endlist + \row \li QHash<Key, T> + \li \list + \li The number of items (quint32) + \li For all items, the key (Key) and value (T) + \endlist + \row \li QIcon + \li \list + \li The number of pixmap entries (quint32) + \li For all pixmap entries: \list - \o The pixmap (QPixmap) - \o The file name (QString) - \o The pixmap size (QSize) - \o The \l{QIcon::Mode}{mode} (quint32) - \o The \l{QIcon::State}{state} (quint32) + \li The pixmap (QPixmap) + \li The file name (QString) + \li The pixmap size (QSize) + \li The \l{QIcon::Mode}{mode} (quint32) + \li The \l{QIcon::State}{state} (quint32) \endlist \endlist - \row \o QImage - \o \list - \o If the image is null a "null image" marker is saved; + \row \li QImage + \li \list + \li If the image is null a "null image" marker is saved; otherwise the image is saved in PNG or BMP format (depending on the stream version). If you want control of the format, stream the image into a QBuffer (using QImageIO) and stream that. \endlist - \row \o QKeySequence - \o \list - \o A QList<int>, where each integer is a key in the key sequence - \endlist - \row \o QLinkedList<T> - \o \list - \o The number of items (quint32) - \o The items (T) - \endlist - \row \o QList<T> - \o \list - \o The number of items (quint32) - \o The items (T) - \endlist - \row \o QMap<Key, T> - \o \list - \o The number of items (quint32) - \o For all items, the key (Key) and value (T) - \endlist - \row \o QMargins - \o \list - \o left (int) - \o top (int) - \o right (int) - \o bottom (int) - \endlist - \row \o QMatrix - \o \list - \o m11 (double) - \o m12 (double) - \o m21 (double) - \o m22 (double) - \o dx (double) - \o dy (double) - \endlist - \row \o QMatrix4x4 - \o \list - \o m11 (double) - \o m12 (double) - \o m13 (double) - \o m14 (double) - \o m21 (double) - \o m22 (double) - \o m23 (double) - \o m24 (double) - \o m31 (double) - \o m32 (double) - \o m33 (double) - \o m34 (double) - \o m41 (double) - \o m42 (double) - \o m43 (double) - \o m44 (double) - \endlist - \row \o QPair<T1, T2> - \o \list - \o first (T1) - \o second (T2) - \endlist - \row \o QPalette - \o The disabled, active, and inactive color groups, each of which consists + \row \li QKeySequence + \li \list + \li A QList<int>, where each integer is a key in the key sequence + \endlist + \row \li QLinkedList<T> + \li \list + \li The number of items (quint32) + \li The items (T) + \endlist + \row \li QList<T> + \li \list + \li The number of items (quint32) + \li The items (T) + \endlist + \row \li QMap<Key, T> + \li \list + \li The number of items (quint32) + \li For all items, the key (Key) and value (T) + \endlist + \row \li QMargins + \li \list + \li left (int) + \li top (int) + \li right (int) + \li bottom (int) + \endlist + \row \li QMatrix + \li \list + \li m11 (double) + \li m12 (double) + \li m21 (double) + \li m22 (double) + \li dx (double) + \li dy (double) + \endlist + \row \li QMatrix4x4 + \li \list + \li m11 (double) + \li m12 (double) + \li m13 (double) + \li m14 (double) + \li m21 (double) + \li m22 (double) + \li m23 (double) + \li m24 (double) + \li m31 (double) + \li m32 (double) + \li m33 (double) + \li m34 (double) + \li m41 (double) + \li m42 (double) + \li m43 (double) + \li m44 (double) + \endlist + \row \li QPair<T1, T2> + \li \list + \li first (T1) + \li second (T2) + \endlist + \row \li QPalette + \li The disabled, active, and inactive color groups, each of which consists of the following: \list - \o foreground (QBrush) - \o button (QBrush) - \o light (QBrush) - \o midlight (QBrush) - \o dark (QBrush) - \o mid (QBrush) - \o text (QBrush) - \o brightText (QBrush) - \o buttonText (QBrush) - \o base (QBrush) - \o background (QBrush) - \o shadow (QBrush) - \o highlight (QBrush) - \o highlightedText (QBrush) - \o link (QBrush) - \o linkVisited (QBrush) - \endlist - \row \o QPen - \o \list - \o The pen styles (quint8) - \o The pen width (quint16) - \o The pen color (QColor) - \endlist - \row \o QPicture - \o \list - \o The size of the picture data (quint32) - \o The raw bytes of picture data (char) - \endlist - \row \o QPixmap - \o \list - \o Save it as a PNG image. - \endlist - \row \o QPoint - \o \list - \o The x coordinate (qint32) - \o The y coordinate (qint32) - \endlist - \row \o QQuaternion - \o \list - \o The scalar component (double) - \o The x coordinate (double) - \o The y coordinate (double) - \o The z coordinate (double) - \endlist - \row \o QRect - \o \list - \o left (qint32) - \o top (qint32) - \o right (qint32) - \o bottom (qint32) - \endlist - \row \o QRegExp - \o \list - \o The regexp pattern (QString) - \o Case sensitivity (quint8) - \o Regular expression syntax (quint8) - \o Minimal matching (quint8) - \endlist - \row \o QRegion - \o \list - \o The size of the data, i.e. 8 + 16 * (number of rectangles) (quint32) - \o 10 (qint32) - \o The number of rectangles (quint32) - \o The rectangles in sequential order (QRect) - \endlist - \row \o QSize - \o \list - \o width (qint32) - \o height (qint32) - \endlist - \row \o QString - \o \list - \o If the string is null: 0xFFFFFFFF (quint32) - \o Otherwise: The string length in bytes (quint32) followed by the data in UTF-16 - \endlist - \row \o QTime - \o \list - \o Milliseconds since midnight (quint32) - \endlist - \row \o QTransform - \o \list - \o m11 (double) - \o m12 (double) - \o m13 (double) - \o m21 (double) - \o m22 (double) - \o m23 (double) - \o m31 (double) - \o m32 (double) - \o m33 (double) - \endlist - \row \o QUrl - \o \list - \o Holds an URL (QString) - \endlist - \row \o QVariant - \o \list - \o The type of the data (quint32) - \o The null flag (qint8) - \o The data of the specified type - \endlist - \row \o QVector2D - \o \list - \o the x coordinate (double) - \o the y coordinate (double) - \endlist - \row \o QVector3D - \o \list - \o the x coordinate (double) - \o the y coordinate (double) - \o the z coordinate (double) - \endlist - \row \o QVector4D - \o \list - \o the x coordinate (double) - \o the y coordinate (double) - \o the z coordinate (double) - \o the w coordinate (double) - \endlist - \row \o QVector<T> - \o \list - \o The number of items (quint32) - \o The items (T) + \li foreground (QBrush) + \li button (QBrush) + \li light (QBrush) + \li midlight (QBrush) + \li dark (QBrush) + \li mid (QBrush) + \li text (QBrush) + \li brightText (QBrush) + \li buttonText (QBrush) + \li base (QBrush) + \li background (QBrush) + \li shadow (QBrush) + \li highlight (QBrush) + \li highlightedText (QBrush) + \li link (QBrush) + \li linkVisited (QBrush) + \endlist + \row \li QPen + \li \list + \li The pen styles (quint8) + \li The pen width (quint16) + \li The pen color (QColor) + \endlist + \row \li QPicture + \li \list + \li The size of the picture data (quint32) + \li The raw bytes of picture data (char) + \endlist + \row \li QPixmap + \li \list + \li Save it as a PNG image. + \endlist + \row \li QPoint + \li \list + \li The x coordinate (qint32) + \li The y coordinate (qint32) + \endlist + \row \li QQuaternion + \li \list + \li The scalar component (double) + \li The x coordinate (double) + \li The y coordinate (double) + \li The z coordinate (double) + \endlist + \row \li QRect + \li \list + \li left (qint32) + \li top (qint32) + \li right (qint32) + \li bottom (qint32) + \endlist + \row \li QRegExp + \li \list + \li The regexp pattern (QString) + \li Case sensitivity (quint8) + \li Regular expression syntax (quint8) + \li Minimal matching (quint8) + \endlist + \row \li QRegion + \li \list + \li The size of the data, i.e. 8 + 16 * (number of rectangles) (quint32) + \li 10 (qint32) + \li The number of rectangles (quint32) + \li The rectangles in sequential order (QRect) + \endlist + \row \li QSize + \li \list + \li width (qint32) + \li height (qint32) + \endlist + \row \li QString + \li \list + \li If the string is null: 0xFFFFFFFF (quint32) + \li Otherwise: The string length in bytes (quint32) followed by the data in UTF-16 + \endlist + \row \li QTime + \li \list + \li Milliseconds since midnight (quint32) + \endlist + \row \li QTransform + \li \list + \li m11 (double) + \li m12 (double) + \li m13 (double) + \li m21 (double) + \li m22 (double) + \li m23 (double) + \li m31 (double) + \li m32 (double) + \li m33 (double) + \endlist + \row \li QUrl + \li \list + \li Holds an URL (QString) + \endlist + \row \li QVariant + \li \list + \li The type of the data (quint32) + \li The null flag (qint8) + \li The data of the specified type + \endlist + \row \li QVector2D + \li \list + \li the x coordinate (double) + \li the y coordinate (double) + \endlist + \row \li QVector3D + \li \list + \li the x coordinate (double) + \li the y coordinate (double) + \li the z coordinate (double) + \endlist + \row \li QVector4D + \li \list + \li the x coordinate (double) + \li the y coordinate (double) + \li the z coordinate (double) + \li the w coordinate (double) + \endlist + \row \li QVector<T> + \li \list + \li The number of items (quint32) + \li The items (T) \endlist \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/network/network-programming/bearermanagement.qdoc b/doc/src/network/network-programming/bearermanagement.qdoc index bcedc85a59..91dc32c5a5 100644 --- a/doc/src/network/network-programming/bearermanagement.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/network/network-programming/bearermanagement.qdoc @@ -81,16 +81,16 @@ lists the major QNetworkSession functions and how they fit into the session and hardware management categories: \table 60% -\header \o Interface management \o Session management -\row \o QNetworkSession::stop() \o QNetworkSession::open() -\row \o QNetworkSession::interface() \o QNetworkSession::close() -\row \o QNetworkSession::state() \o QNetworkSession::isOpen() -\row \o QNetworkSession::bytesWritten() \o QNetworkSession::migrate() -\row \o QNetworkSession::bytesReceived() \o QNetworkSession::ignore() -\row \o QNetworkSession::activeTime() \o QNetworkSession::accept() -\row \o QNetworkSession::stateChanged() \o QNetworkSession::reject() -\row \o \o QNetworkSession::opened() -\row \o \o QNetworkSession::closed() +\header \li Interface management \li Session management +\row \li QNetworkSession::stop() \li QNetworkSession::open() +\row \li QNetworkSession::interface() \li QNetworkSession::close() +\row \li QNetworkSession::state() \li QNetworkSession::isOpen() +\row \li QNetworkSession::bytesWritten() \li QNetworkSession::migrate() +\row \li QNetworkSession::bytesReceived() \li QNetworkSession::ignore() +\row \li QNetworkSession::activeTime() \li QNetworkSession::accept() +\row \li QNetworkSession::stateChanged() \li QNetworkSession::reject() +\row \li \li QNetworkSession::opened() +\row \li \li QNetworkSession::closed() \endtable The state of the session represents the state of the underlying access point @@ -242,27 +242,27 @@ determining the feature support: \table \header - \o Platform - \o Backend capabilities + \li Platform + \li Backend capabilities \row - \o Linux\unicode{0xAE} - \o Linux uses the \l {http://projects.gnome.org/NetworkManager}{NetworkManager} + \li Linux\unicode{0xAE} + \li Linux uses the \l {http://projects.gnome.org/NetworkManager}{NetworkManager} and \l {http://connman.net/}{ConnMan} / \l {http://ofono.org/}{oFono} APIs which support interface notifications and starting and stopping of network interfaces. \row - \o Windows\unicode{0xAE} XP - \o This platform supports interface notifications without active polling. + \li Windows\unicode{0xAE} XP + \li This platform supports interface notifications without active polling. \row - \o Windows XP SP2+Hotfixes, Windows XP SP3, Windows Vista, Windows 7 - \o In addition to standard Windows XP wifi access point monitoring has been improved which includes the ability to start and stop wifi interfaces. This requires Windows to manage the wifi interfaces. + \li Windows XP SP2+Hotfixes, Windows XP SP3, Windows Vista, Windows 7 + \li In addition to standard Windows XP wifi access point monitoring has been improved which includes the ability to start and stop wifi interfaces. This requires Windows to manage the wifi interfaces. \row - \o Mac OS\unicode{0xAE} - \o This platform has full support by way of CoreWLAN offered in Mac OS 10.6. Previous + \li Mac OS\unicode{0xAE} + \li This platform has full support by way of CoreWLAN offered in Mac OS 10.6. Previous versions of Mac OS - 10.5 and 10.4 have limited support. \row - \o All other platforms (*nix, Windows Mobile) - \o This backend is the fallback for all platforms supports network interface notifications via active polling only. + \li All other platforms (*nix, Windows Mobile) + \li This backend is the fallback for all platforms supports network interface notifications via active polling only. \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/printsupport/printing.qdoc b/doc/src/printsupport/printing.qdoc index 5277d1c547..5447032a2b 100644 --- a/doc/src/printsupport/printing.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/printsupport/printing.qdoc @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ too small for the higher resolutions of typical printers. \table - \row \o \bold{Printer and Painter Coordinate Systems} + \row \li \b{Printer and Painter Coordinate Systems} The \l{QPrinter::}{paperRect()} and \l{QPrinter::}{pageRect()} functions provide information about the size of the paper used for printing and the @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ rectangle, and painting operations will be clipped to the bounds of the drawable part of the page. - \o \inlineimage printer-rects.png + \li \inlineimage printer-rects.png \endtable The paint system automatically uses the correct device metrics when painting @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@ functionality can be obtained via a function in the corresponding widget's API. \table - \header \o Widget \o Printing function \o Accepts - \row \o QGraphicsView \o QGraphicsView::render() \o QPainter - \row \o QSvgWidget \o QSvgRenderer::render() \o QPainter - \row \o QTextEdit \o QTextDocument::print() \o QPrinter - \row \o QTextLayout \o QTextLayout::draw() \o QPainter - \row \o QTextLine \o QTextLine::draw() \o QPainter + \header \li Widget \li Printing function \li Accepts + \row \li QGraphicsView \li QGraphicsView::render() \li QPainter + \row \li QSvgWidget \li QSvgRenderer::render() \li QPainter + \row \li QTextEdit \li QTextDocument::print() \li QPrinter + \row \li QTextLayout \li QTextLayout::draw() \li QPainter + \row \li QTextLine \li QTextLine::draw() \li QPainter \endtable QTextEdit requires a QPrinter rather than a QPainter because it uses information diff --git a/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc b/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc index bc1c8b3c13..a7e03cf28f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc @@ -48,518 +48,518 @@ \table 90% \header - \o IBM DB2 data type - \o SQL type description - \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) + \li IBM DB2 data type + \li SQL type description + \li Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) \row - \o SMALLINT - \o 16-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint16 + \li SMALLINT + \li 16-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint16 \row - \o INTEGER - \o 32-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint32 + \li INTEGER + \li 32-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint32 \row - \o BIGINT - \o 64-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint64 + \li BIGINT + \li 64-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint64 \row - \o REAL - \o 32-bit Single-precision floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li REAL + \li 32-bit Single-precision floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o DOUBLE PRECISION - \o 64-bit Double-precision floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li DOUBLE PRECISION + \li 64-bit Double-precision floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o FLOAT - \o 64-bit Double-precision floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li FLOAT + \li 64-bit Double-precision floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o CHAR - \o Fixed-length, null-terminated character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li CHAR + \li Fixed-length, null-terminated character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o VARCHAR - \o Null-terminated varying length string - \o Mapped to QString + \li VARCHAR + \li Null-terminated varying length string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o LONG VARCHAR - \o Not null-terminated varying length character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li LONG VARCHAR + \li Not null-terminated varying length character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o BLOB - \o Not null-terminated varying binary string with 4-byte string + \li BLOB + \li Not null-terminated varying binary string with 4-byte string length indicator - \o Mapped to QByteArray + \li Mapped to QByteArray \row - \o CLOB - \o Character large string object - \o Mapped to QString + \li CLOB + \li Character large string object + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o DATE - \o Null-terminated character string of the following format: + \li DATE + \li Null-terminated character string of the following format: yyyy-mm-dd - \o Mapped to QDate + \li Mapped to QDate \row - \o TIME - \o Null-terminated character string of the following format: hh.mm.ss - \o Mapped to QTime + \li TIME + \li Null-terminated character string of the following format: hh.mm.ss + \li Mapped to QTime \row - \o TIMESTAMP - \o Null-terminated character string of the following format: yyyy-mm-dd-hh.mm.ss.nnnnnn - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li TIMESTAMP + \li Null-terminated character string of the following format: yyyy-mm-dd-hh.mm.ss.nnnnnn + \li Mapped to QDateTime \endtable \section2 Borland InterBase Data Types \table 90% \header - \o Borland InterBase data type - \o SQL type description - \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) + \li Borland InterBase data type + \li SQL type description + \li Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) \row - \o BOOLEAN - \o Boolean - \o bool + \li BOOLEAN + \li Boolean + \li bool \row - \o TINYINT - \o 8 bit signed integer - \o typedef qint8 + \li TINYINT + \li 8 bit signed integer + \li typedef qint8 \row - \o SMALLINT - \o 16-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint16 + \li SMALLINT + \li 16-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint16 \row - \o INTEGER - \o 32-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint32 + \li INTEGER + \li 32-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint32 \row - \o BIGINT LONG - \o 64-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint64 + \li BIGINT LONG + \li 64-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint64 \row - \o REAL FLOAT - \o 32-bit floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li REAL FLOAT + \li 32-bit floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o FLOAT - \o 64-bit floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li FLOAT + \li 64-bit floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o DOUBLE - \o 64-bit floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li DOUBLE + \li 64-bit floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o DOUBLE PRECISION - \o 64-bit Double-precision floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li DOUBLE PRECISION + \li 64-bit Double-precision floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o VARCHAR STRING - \o Character string, Unicode - \o Mapped to QString + \li VARCHAR STRING + \li Character string, Unicode + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o CLOB - \o Character large string object - \o Mapped to QString + \li CLOB + \li Character large string object + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o DATE - \o Displays date. Format: 'yyyy-mm-dd' - \o Mapped to QDate + \li DATE + \li Displays date. Format: 'yyyy-mm-dd' + \li Mapped to QDate \row - \o TIME - \o Displays time. Format is 'hh:mm:ss' in 24-hour format - \o Mapped to QTime + \li TIME + \li Displays time. Format is 'hh:mm:ss' in 24-hour format + \li Mapped to QTime \row - \o TIMESTAMP - \o Displays a timestamp. Format is 'yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss' - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li TIMESTAMP + \li Displays a timestamp. Format is 'yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss' + \li Mapped to QDateTime \endtable \section2 MySQL Data Types \table 90% \header - \o MySQL data type - \o SQL type description - \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) + \li MySQL data type + \li SQL type description + \li Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) \row - \o TINYINT - \o 8 bit signed integer - \o typedef qint8 + \li TINYINT + \li 8 bit signed integer + \li typedef qint8 \row - \o TINYINT UNSIGNED - \o 8 bit unsigned integer - \o typedef quint8 + \li TINYINT UNSIGNED + \li 8 bit unsigned integer + \li typedef quint8 \row - \o SMALLINT - \o 16-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint16 + \li SMALLINT + \li 16-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint16 \row - \o SMALLINT UNSIGNED - \o 16-bit unsigned integer - \o typedef quint16 + \li SMALLINT UNSIGNED + \li 16-bit unsigned integer + \li typedef quint16 \row - \o INT - \o 32-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint32 + \li INT + \li 32-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint32 \row - \o INT UNSIGNED - \o 32-bit unsigned integer - \o typedef quint32 + \li INT UNSIGNED + \li 32-bit unsigned integer + \li typedef quint32 \row - \o BIGINT - \o 64-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint64 + \li BIGINT + \li 64-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint64 \row - \o FLOAT - \o 32-bit Floating Point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li FLOAT + \li 32-bit Floating Point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o DOUBLE - \o 64-bit Floating Point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li DOUBLE + \li 64-bit Floating Point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o CHAR - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li CHAR + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o VARCHAR - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li VARCHAR + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o TINYTEXT - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li TINYTEXT + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o TEXT - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li TEXT + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o MEDIUMTEXT - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li MEDIUMTEXT + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o LONGTEXT - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li LONGTEXT + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o CLOB - \o Character large string object - \o Mapped to QString + \li CLOB + \li Character large string object + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o all BLOB types - \o BLOB - \o Mapped to QByteArray + \li all BLOB types + \li BLOB + \li Mapped to QByteArray \row - \o DATE - \o Date without Time - \o Mapped to QDate + \li DATE + \li Date without Time + \li Mapped to QDate \row - \o DATETIME - \o Date and Time - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li DATETIME + \li Date and Time + \li Mapped to QDateTime \row - \o TIMESTAMP - \o Date and Time - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li TIMESTAMP + \li Date and Time + \li Mapped to QDateTime \row - \o TIME - \o Time - \o Mapped to QTime + \li TIME + \li Time + \li Mapped to QTime \row - \o YEAR - \o Year (int) - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li YEAR + \li Year (int) + \li Mapped to QDateTime \row - \o ENUM - \o Enumeration of Value Set - \o Mapped to QString + \li ENUM + \li Enumeration of Value Set + \li Mapped to QString \endtable \section2 Oracle Call Interface Data Types \table 90% \header - \o Oracle Call Interface data type - \o SQL type description - \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) + \li Oracle Call Interface data type + \li SQL type description + \li Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) \row - \o NUMBER - \o FLOAT, DOUBLE, PRECISIONc REAL - \o By default mapping to QString + \li NUMBER + \li FLOAT, DOUBLE, PRECISIONc REAL + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o NUMBER(38) - \o INTEGER INT SMALLINT - \o typedef qint8/16/32/64 + \li NUMBER(38) + \li INTEGER INT SMALLINT + \li typedef qint8/16/32/64 \row - \o NUMBER(p,s) - \o NUMERIC(p,s) DECIMAL(p,s)a - \o By default mapping to QString + \li NUMBER(p,s) + \li NUMERIC(p,s) DECIMAL(p,s)a + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o NVARCHAR2(n) - \o Character string (NATIONAL CHARACTER VARYING(n) NATIONAL + \li NVARCHAR2(n) + \li Character string (NATIONAL CHARACTER VARYING(n) NATIONAL CHAR VARYING(n) NCHAR VARYING(n)) - \o Mapped to QString + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o NCHAR(n) - \o Character string (NATIONAL CHARACTER(n) NATIONAL CHAR(n) + \li NCHAR(n) + \li Character string (NATIONAL CHARACTER(n) NATIONAL CHAR(n) NCHAR(n)) - \o Mapped to QString + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o CHAR(n) - \o Character string (CHARACTER(n) CHAR(n)) - \o Mapped to QString + \li CHAR(n) + \li Character string (CHARACTER(n) CHAR(n)) + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o CLOB - \o Character large string object - \o Mapped to QString + \li CLOB + \li Character large string object + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o BLOB - \o A binary large object - \o Mapped to QByteArray + \li BLOB + \li A binary large object + \li Mapped to QByteArray \row - \o TIMESTAMP - \o Year, month, and day values of date, as well as hour, minute, + \li TIMESTAMP + \li Year, month, and day values of date, as well as hour, minute, and second values of time - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li Mapped to QDateTime \endtable \section2 ODBC Data Types \table 90% \header - \o ODBC data type - \o SQL type description - \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) + \li ODBC data type + \li SQL type description + \li Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) \row - \o BIT - \o Boolean - \o BOOL + \li BIT + \li Boolean + \li BOOL \row - \o TINYINT - \o 8 bit integer - \o typedef qint8 + \li TINYINT + \li 8 bit integer + \li typedef qint8 \row - \o SMALLINT - \o 16-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint16 + \li SMALLINT + \li 16-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint16 \row - \o INTEGER - \o 32-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint32 + \li INTEGER + \li 32-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint32 \row - \o BIGINT - \o 64-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint64 + \li BIGINT + \li 64-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint64 \row - \o REAL - \o 32-bit Single-precision floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li REAL + \li 32-bit Single-precision floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o FLOAT - \o 64-bit Double floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li FLOAT + \li 64-bit Double floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o DOUBLE - \o 64-bit Double floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li DOUBLE + \li 64-bit Double floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o CHAR - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li CHAR + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o VARCHAR - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li VARCHAR + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o LONGVARCHAR - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li LONGVARCHAR + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o CLOB - \o Character large string object - \o Mapped to QString + \li CLOB + \li Character large string object + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o DATE - \o Character string - \o Mapped to QDate + \li DATE + \li Character string + \li Mapped to QDate \row - \o TIME - \o Character Time, Character string - \o Mapped to QTime + \li TIME + \li Character Time, Character string + \li Mapped to QTime \row - \o TIMESTAMP - \o Character Time, Character string - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li TIMESTAMP + \li Character Time, Character string + \li Mapped to QDateTime \endtable \section2 PostgreSQL Data Types \table 90% \header - \o PostgreSQL data type - \o SQL type description - \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) + \li PostgreSQL data type + \li SQL type description + \li Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) \row - \o BOOLEAN - \o Boolean - \o bool + \li BOOLEAN + \li Boolean + \li bool \row - \o SMALLINT - \o 16-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint16 + \li SMALLINT + \li 16-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint16 \row - \o INTEGER - \o 32-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint32 + \li INTEGER + \li 32-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint32 \row - \o BIGINT - \o 64-bit signed integer - \o typedef qint64 + \li BIGINT + \li 64-bit signed integer + \li typedef qint64 \row - \o REAL - \o 32-bit variable-precision floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li REAL + \li 32-bit variable-precision floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o DOUBLE PRECISION - \o 64-bit variable-precision floating point - \o By default mapping to QString + \li DOUBLE PRECISION + \li 64-bit variable-precision floating point + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o DECIMAL VARIABLE - \o user-specified precision, exact - \o Mapped to QString + \li DECIMAL VARIABLE + \li user-specified precision, exact + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o NUMERIC VARIABLE - \o user-specified precision, exact - \o Mapped to QString + \li NUMERIC VARIABLE + \li user-specified precision, exact + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o VARCHAR - \o variable-length character string - \o Mapped to QString + \li VARCHAR + \li variable-length character string + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o CHARACTER - \o Character string of fixed-length - \o Mapped to QString + \li CHARACTER + \li Character string of fixed-length + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o TEXT - \o Character string of variable-length - \o Mapped to QString + \li TEXT + \li Character string of variable-length + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o CLOB - \o Character large string object - \o Mapped to QString + \li CLOB + \li Character large string object + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o TIMESTAMP - \o 8 bytes, both date and time - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li TIMESTAMP + \li 8 bytes, both date and time + \li Mapped to QDateTime \row - \o TIMESTAMP - \o 8 bytes, both date and time, with time zone - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li TIMESTAMP + \li 8 bytes, both date and time, with time zone + \li Mapped to QDateTime \row - \o DATE - \o 4 bytes, dates only - \o Mapped to QDate + \li DATE + \li 4 bytes, dates only + \li Mapped to QDate \row - \o TIME - \o 8 bytes, times of day only 00:00:00.00 - 23:59:59.99 - \o Mapped to QTime + \li TIME + \li 8 bytes, times of day only 00:00:00.00 - 23:59:59.99 + \li Mapped to QTime \row - \o TIME - \o 12 bytes times of day only, with time zone 00:00:00.00+12 - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li TIME + \li 12 bytes times of day only, with time zone 00:00:00.00+12 + \li Mapped to QDateTime \endtable \section2 QSQLITE SQLite version 3 Data Types \table 90% \header - \o QSQLITE SQLite version 3 data type - \o SQL type description - \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) + \li QSQLITE SQLite version 3 data type + \li SQL type description + \li Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) \row - \o NULL - \o NULL value. - \o NULL + \li NULL + \li NULL value. + \li NULL \row - \o INTEGER - \o Signed integer, stored in 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, or 64-bits + \li INTEGER + \li Signed integer, stored in 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, or 64-bits depending on the magnitude of the value. - \o typedef qint8/16/32/64 + \li typedef qint8/16/32/64 \row - \o REAL - \o 64-bit floating point value. - \o By default mapping to QString + \li REAL + \li 64-bit floating point value. + \li By default mapping to QString \row - \o TEXT - \o Character string (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE). - \o Mapped to QString + \li TEXT + \li Character string (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE). + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o CLOB - \o Character large string object - \o Mapped to QString + \li CLOB + \li Character large string object + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o BLOB - \o The value is a BLOB of data, stored exactly as it was input. - \o Mapped to QByteArray + \li BLOB + \li The value is a BLOB of data, stored exactly as it was input. + \li Mapped to QByteArray \endtable \section2 Sybase Adaptive Server Data Types \table 90% \header - \o Sybase Adaptive Server data type - \o SQL type description - \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) + \li Sybase Adaptive Server data type + \li SQL type description + \li Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type) \row - \o BINARY - \o Describes a fixed-length binary value up to 255 bytes in size. - \o Mapped to QByteArray + \li BINARY + \li Describes a fixed-length binary value up to 255 bytes in size. + \li Mapped to QByteArray \row - \o CHAR - \o Character String - \o Mapped to QString + \li CHAR + \li Character String + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o DATETIME - \o Date and time. Range: 1753-01-01 00:00:00 through 9999-12-31 23:59:59. - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li DATETIME + \li Date and time. Range: 1753-01-01 00:00:00 through 9999-12-31 23:59:59. + \li Mapped to QDateTime \row - \o NCHAR - \o Character String of fixed length - \o Mapped to QString + \li NCHAR + \li Character String of fixed length + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o NVARACHAR - \o Character String of variable length - \o Mapped to QString + \li NVARACHAR + \li Character String of variable length + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o VARCHAR - \o Character String of fixed length - \o Mapped to QString + \li VARCHAR + \li Character String of fixed length + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o CLOB - \o Character large string object - \o Mapped to QString + \li CLOB + \li Character large string object + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o TIMESTAMP - \o A unique number within a database - \o Mapped to QString + \li TIMESTAMP + \li A unique number within a database + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o SMALLDATETIME - \o Date and time. Range: 1900-01-01 00:00 through 2079-12-31 23:59 - \o Mapped to QDateTime + \li SMALLDATETIME + \li Date and time. Range: 1900-01-01 00:00 through 2079-12-31 23:59 + \li Mapped to QDateTime \row - \o UNICHAR - \o Character String of fixed length.(Unicode) - \o Mapped to QString + \li UNICHAR + \li Character String of fixed length.(Unicode) + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o UNIVARCHAR - \o Character String of variable length.(Unicode) - \o Mapped to QString + \li UNIVARCHAR + \li Character String of variable length.(Unicode) + \li Mapped to QString \row - \o VARBINARY - \o Describes a variable-length binary value up to 255 bytes in size - \o Mapped to QByteArray + \li VARBINARY + \li Describes a variable-length binary value up to 255 bytes in size + \li Mapped to QByteArray \endtable \section2 SQLite Version 2 diff --git a/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/sql-driver.qdoc b/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/sql-driver.qdoc index 667b9eba54..eec61abd15 100644 --- a/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/sql-driver.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/sql-driver.qdoc @@ -49,18 +49,18 @@ are provided with Open Source Versions of Qt. \table - \header \o Driver name \o DBMS - \row \o \link #QDB2 QDB2\endlink \o IBM DB2 (version 7.1 and above) - \row \o \link #QIBASE QIBASE\endlink \o Borland InterBase - \row \o \link #QMYSQL QMYSQL\endlink \o MySQL - \row \o \link #QOCI QOCI\endlink \o Oracle Call Interface Driver - \row \o \link #QODBC QODBC\endlink - \o Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) - Microsoft SQL Server and other + \header \li Driver name \li DBMS + \row \li \link #QDB2 QDB2\endlink \li IBM DB2 (version 7.1 and above) + \row \li \link #QIBASE QIBASE\endlink \li Borland InterBase + \row \li \link #QMYSQL QMYSQL\endlink \li MySQL + \row \li \link #QOCI QOCI\endlink \li Oracle Call Interface Driver + \row \li \link #QODBC QODBC\endlink + \li Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) - Microsoft SQL Server and other ODBC-compliant databases - \row \o \link #QPSQL QPSQL\endlink \o PostgreSQL (versions 7.3 and above) - \row \o \link #QSQLITE2 QSQLITE2\endlink \o SQLite version 2 - \row \o \link #QSQLITE QSQLITE\endlink \o SQLite version 3 - \row \o \link #QTDS QTDS\endlink \o Sybase Adaptive Server \note obsolete from Qt 4.7 + \row \li \link #QPSQL QPSQL\endlink \li PostgreSQL (versions 7.3 and above) + \row \li \link #QSQLITE2 QSQLITE2\endlink \li SQLite version 2 + \row \li \link #QSQLITE QSQLITE\endlink \li SQLite version 3 + \row \li \link #QTDS QTDS\endlink \li Sybase Adaptive Server \note obsolete from Qt 4.7 \endtable SQLite is the in-process database system with the best test coverage @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Linux. The completeness of the support for other systems depends on the availability and quality of client libraries. - \bold{Note:} To build a driver plugin you need to have the appropriate + \b{Note:} To build a driver plugin you need to have the appropriate client library for your Database Management System (DBMS). This provides access to the API exposed by the DBMS, and is typically shipped with it. Most installation programs also allow you to install "development @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.cpp 2 - \bold{Note:} \c{@outval1} and \c{@outval2} are variables local to the current + \b{Note:} \c{@outval1} and \c{@outval2} are variables local to the current connection and will not be affected by queries sent from another host or connection. @@ -185,59 +185,59 @@ \list - \o Download the following components: + \li Download the following components: \list - \o \c{MinGW-5.1.6.exe} - \o \c{mingw-utils-0.3.tar.gz} - \o Qt sources, e.g. \c{qt-everywhere-opensource-src-4.6.2.zip} - \o \c{mysql-5.1.35-win32.msi} + \li \c{MinGW-5.1.6.exe} + \li \c{mingw-utils-0.3.tar.gz} + \li Qt sources, e.g. \c{qt-everywhere-opensource-src-4.6.2.zip} + \li \c{mysql-5.1.35-win32.msi} \endlist - \o Install \c{MinGW-5.1.6.exe} in, e.g. \c{C:\MinGW}. + \li Install \c{MinGW-5.1.6.exe} in, e.g. \c{C:\MinGW}. - \o Extract \c{mingw-utils-0.3.tar.gz} into, e.g. \c{C:\MinGW}. + \li Extract \c{mingw-utils-0.3.tar.gz} into, e.g. \c{C:\MinGW}. - \o Add the path for \c{MinGW-5.1.6.exe} to your \c{PATH} variable, + \li Add the path for \c{MinGW-5.1.6.exe} to your \c{PATH} variable, e.g. \c{C:\MinGW\bin;} - \o Extract the Qt sources, (\c{qt-everywhere-opensource-src-4.6.2.zip}), + \li Extract the Qt sources, (\c{qt-everywhere-opensource-src-4.6.2.zip}), into, e.g. \c{C:\Qt}. - \o Add the path for the eventual Qt binary to your \c{PATH} variable, + \li Add the path for the eventual Qt binary to your \c{PATH} variable, e.g. \c{C:\Qt\4.6.2\bin;}. - \o Install MySQL (\c{mysql-5.1.35-win32.msi}), customizing the + \li Install MySQL (\c{mysql-5.1.35-win32.msi}), customizing the components. Select only the headers and libraries. Install in, e.g. \c{C:\MySQL\MySQL51}. - \o Open the DOS prompt, go to \c{C:\MySQL\MySQL51\lib\opt}, and run + \li Open the DOS prompt, go to \c{C:\MySQL\MySQL51\lib\opt}, and run the following commands: \list - \o \c{reimp -d libmysql.lib} - \o \c{dlltool -k -d libmysql.def -l libmysql.a} + \li \c{reimp -d libmysql.lib} + \li \c{dlltool -k -d libmysql.def -l libmysql.a} \endlist - \o Open the DOS prompt, go to \c{C:\Qt\4.6.2} and run the following commands: + \li Open the DOS prompt, go to \c{C:\Qt\4.6.2} and run the following commands: \list - \o \c{configure.exe -debug-and-release -platform win32-g++ -qt-sql-mysql + \li \c{configure.exe -debug-and-release -platform win32-g++ -qt-sql-mysql -l mysql -I C:\MySQL\MySQL51\include -L C:\MySQL\MySQL51\lib\opt} - \o \c{mingw32-make sub-src} + \li \c{mingw32-make sub-src} \endlist This step takes a long time. - \o Open the DOS prompt, go to + \li Open the DOS prompt, go to \c{C:\Qt\4.6.2\src\plugins\sqldrivers\mysql} and run the following command: \list - \o \c{qmake "INCLUDEPATH+=C:\MySQL\MySQL51\include" "LIBS+=-L. mysql" mysql.pro} + \li \c{qmake "INCLUDEPATH+=C:\MySQL\MySQL51\include" "LIBS+=-L. mysql" mysql.pro} \endlist - \o Now the following libraries are ready in \c{C:\Qt\4.6.2\plugins\sqldrivers}. + \li Now the following libraries are ready in \c{C:\Qt\4.6.2\plugins\sqldrivers}. \list - \o \c{libqsqlmysql4.a} - \o \c{libqsqlmysqld4.a} - \o \c{qsqlmysql4.dll} - \o \c{qsqlmysqld4.dll} + \li \c{libqsqlmysql4.a} + \li \c{libqsqlmysqld4.a} + \li \c{qsqlmysql4.dll} + \li \c{qsqlmysqld4.dll} \endlist To use the SDK and QtCreator directly, copy these libraries to your \c{C:\Qt\...\qt\plugins\sqldrivers\}, and copy @@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ Oracle library files required to build the driver: \list - \i \c libclntsh.so (all versions) - \i \c libwtc9.so (only Oracle 9) + \li \c libclntsh.so (all versions) + \li \c libwtc9.so (only Oracle 9) \endlist Tell \c qmake where to find the Oracle header files and shared @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Instant Client Package SDK (you need to adjust the version number accordingly): \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 7 - \bold{Note:} If you are using the Oracle Instant Client package, + \b{Note:} If you are using the Oracle Instant Client package, you will need to set LD_LIBRARY_PATH when building the OCI SQL plugin and when running an application that uses the OCI SQL plugin. You can avoid this requirement by setting and RPATH and listing all of the @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 9 - \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. + \b{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. \target QODBC \section2 QODBC for Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ driver manager that is installed on your system. The QODBC plugin then allows you to use these data sources in your Qt applications. - \bold{Note:} You should use native drivers in preference to the ODBC + \b{Note:} You should use native drivers in preference to the ODBC driver where they are available. ODBC support can be used as a fallback for compliant databases if no native drivers are available. @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.cpp 10 - \bold{Note:} The value returned by the stored procedure's return statement + \b{Note:} The value returned by the stored procedure's return statement is discarded. \section3 ODBC Unicode Support @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c make in the line above. - \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not officially supported for Windows CE. + \b{Note:} This database plugin is not officially supported for Windows CE. \target QPSQL \section2 QPSQL for PostgreSQL (Version 7.3 and Above) @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ Users of MinGW may wish to consult the following online document: \l{PostgreSQL MinGW/Native Windows}. - \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. + \b{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. \target QTDS \section2 QTDS for Sybase Adaptive Server @@ -515,11 +515,11 @@ Under Unix, two libraries are available which support the TDS protocol: \list - \i FreeTDS, a free implementation of the TDS protocol + \li FreeTDS, a free implementation of the TDS protocol (\l{http://www.freetds.org}). Note that FreeTDS is not yet stable, so some functionality may not work as expected. - \i Sybase Open Client, available from \l{http://www.sybase.com}. + \li Sybase Open Client, available from \l{http://www.sybase.com}. Note for Linux users: Get the Open Client RPM from \l{http://linux.sybase.com}. \endlist @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c make in the line above. - \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. + \b{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. \target QDB2 \section2 QDB2 for IBM DB2 (Version 7.1 and Above) @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c make in the line above. - \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. + \b{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. \target QSQLITE2 \section2 QSQLITE2 for SQLite Version 2 @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Note that \c{C:\interbase\bin} must be in the \c PATH. - \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. + \b{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE. \target troubleshooting \section1 Troubleshooting @@ -763,16 +763,16 @@ make sure that the following requirements are met: \list - \i Ensure that you are using a shared Qt library; you cannot use the + \li Ensure that you are using a shared Qt library; you cannot use the plugins with a static build. - \i Ensure that the plugin is in the correct directory. You can use + \li Ensure that the plugin is in the correct directory. You can use QApplication::libraryPaths() to determine where Qt looks for plugins. - \i Ensure that the client libraries of the DBMS are available on the + \li Ensure that the client libraries of the DBMS are available on the system. On Unix, run the command \c{ldd} and pass the name of the plugin as parameter, for example \c{ldd libqsqlmysql.so}. You will get a warning if any of the client libraries couldn't be found. On Windows, you can use Visual Studio's dependency walker. - \i Compile Qt with \c{QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT} defined to get very verbose + \li Compile Qt with \c{QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT} defined to get very verbose debug output when loading plugins. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/sql-programming.qdoc b/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/sql-programming.qdoc index 787b48718d..6ebb40b755 100644 --- a/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/sql-programming.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/sql/sql-programming/sql-programming.qdoc @@ -52,18 +52,18 @@ \section1 Topics: \list - \o \l{Database Classes} - \o \l{Connecting to Databases} + \li \l{Database Classes} + \li \l{Connecting to Databases} \list - \o \l{SQL Database Drivers} + \li \l{SQL Database Drivers} \endlist - \o \l{Executing SQL Statements} + \li \l{Executing SQL Statements} \list - \o \l{Data Types for Qt-supported Database Systems} + \li \l{Data Types for Qt-supported Database Systems} \endlist - \o \l{Using the SQL Model Classes} - \o \l{Presenting Data in a Table View} - \o \l{Creating Data-Aware Forms} + \li \l{Using the SQL Model Classes} + \li \l{Presenting Data in a Table View} + \li \l{Creating Data-Aware Forms} \endlist \section1 Database Classes @@ -338,12 +338,12 @@ QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel. \table - \row \o QSqlQueryModel - \o A read-only model based on an arbitrary SQL query. - \row \o QSqlTableModel - \o A read-write model that works on a single table. - \row \o QSqlRelationalTableModel - \o A QSqlTableModel subclass with foreign key support. + \row \li QSqlQueryModel + \li A read-only model based on an arbitrary SQL query. + \row \li QSqlTableModel + \li A read-write model that works on a single table. + \row \li QSqlRelationalTableModel + \li A QSqlTableModel subclass with foreign key support. \endtable These classes derive from QAbstractTableModel (which in turn @@ -435,8 +435,8 @@ pitfalls, though: \list - \o Without any caching, performance may drop significantly. - \o If you modify a primary key, the record might slip through + \li Without any caching, performance may drop significantly. + \li If you modify a primary key, the record might slip through your fingers while you are trying to populate it. \endlist @@ -450,8 +450,8 @@ that \c authorid is a foreign key. \table - \row \o \inlineimage noforeignkeys.png - \o \inlineimage foreignkeys.png + \row \li \inlineimage noforeignkeys.png + \li \inlineimage foreignkeys.png \endtable The screenshot on the left shows a plain QSqlTableModel in a diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/addressbook-fr.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/addressbook-fr.qdoc index 4df19d015f..edd53239d0 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/addressbook-fr.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/addressbook-fr.qdoc @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ par Qt, tel que: \list - \o Les Widgets et leur mise en page à l'aide des layouts - \o Les signaux et slots - \o Les structures de données de collections - \o Les entrées/sorties + \li Les Widgets et leur mise en page à l'aide des layouts + \li Les signaux et slots + \li Les structures de données de collections + \li Les entrées/sorties \endlist Si c'est votre premier contact avec Qt, lisez \l{How to Learn Qt}{Comment apprendre Qt} @@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ Les chapitres du tutoriel: \list 1 - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1}{Conception de l'interface utilisateur} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part2}{Ajouter des adresses} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3}{Navigation entre les éléments} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4}{éditer et supprimer des adresses} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5}{Ajout d'une fonction de recherche} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6}{Sauvegarde et chargement} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7}{Fonctionnalités avancées} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1}{Conception de l'interface utilisateur} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part2}{Ajouter des adresses} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3}{Navigation entre les éléments} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4}{éditer et supprimer des adresses} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5}{Ajout d'une fonction de recherche} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6}{Sauvegarde et chargement} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7}{Fonctionnalités avancées} \endlist La petite application que nous développerons ici ne possède pas tous les éléments @@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ Trois fichiers sont nécessaires à l'implémentation de ce carnet d'adresses: \list - \o \c{addressbook.h} - le fichier de définition (header) pour la classe \c AddressBook, - \o \c{addressbook.cpp} - le fichier source, qui comprend l'implémentation de la classe + \li \c{addressbook.h} - le fichier de définition (header) pour la classe \c AddressBook, + \li \c{addressbook.cpp} - le fichier source, qui comprend l'implémentation de la classe \c AddressBook - \o \c{main.cpp} - le fichier qui contient la méthode \c main() , et + \li \c{main.cpp} - le fichier qui contient la méthode \c main() , et une instance de la classe \c AddressBook. \endlist @@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ ou modifier le comportement d'un widget présente les avantages suivants: \list - \o La possibilité d'implémenter des méthodes virtuelles et des méthodes + \li La possibilité d'implémenter des méthodes virtuelles et des méthodes virtuelles pures pour obtenir exactement ce que l'on souhaite, avec la possibilité d'utiliser l'implémentation de la classe mère si besoin est. - \o Cela permet l'encapsulation partielle de l'interface utilisateur dans une classe, + \li Cela permet l'encapsulation partielle de l'interface utilisateur dans une classe, afin que les autres parties de l'application n'aient pas à se soucier de chacun des widgets qui forment l'interface utilisateur. - \o La classe fille peut être utilisée pour créer de nombreux widgets personnalisés + \li La classe fille peut être utilisée pour créer de nombreux widgets personnalisés dans une même application ou bibliothèque, et le code de la classe fille peut être réutilisé dans d'autres projets \endlist @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ La méthode \c submitContact() peut être divisée en trois parties: \list 1 - \o Nous extrayons les détails du contact depuis \c nameLine et \c addressText + \li Nous extrayons les détails du contact depuis \c nameLine et \c addressText et les stockons dans des objets QString. Nous les validons pour s'assurer que l'utilisateur n'a pas cliqué sur "Add" avec des champs de saisie vides; sinon un message est affiché avec QMessageBox pour rappeller à @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp submitContact part1 - \o Ensuite, nous vérifions si le contact existe déjà . Si aucun contacts + \li Ensuite, nous vérifions si le contact existe déjà . Si aucun contacts existant n'entre en conflit avec le nouveau, nous l'ajoutons à \c contacts et nous affichons un QMessageBox pour informer l'utilisateur que le contact a été ajouté. @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Notre objet \c contacts est basé sur des paires clé-valeur formés par le nom et l'adresse, nous voulons nous assurer que la \e clé est unique. - \o Une fois que les deux vérifications précédentes ont été traitées, + \li Une fois que les deux vérifications précédentes ont été traitées, nous restaurons les boutons à leur état normal à l'aide du code suivant: @@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ sur \c contact dans la méthode \c next(), et ensuite: \list - \o Si l'itérateur n'est pas à la fin de \c contacts, nous l'incrémentons - \o Si l'itérateur est à la fin de \c contacts, nous changeons sa position + \li Si l'itérateur n'est pas à la fin de \c contacts, nous l'incrémentons + \li Si l'itérateur est à la fin de \c contacts, nous changeons sa position jusqu'au début de \c contacts. Cela donne l'illusion que notre QMap fonctionne comme une liste circulaire. \endlist @@ -497,11 +497,11 @@ itérateur sur \c contacts et ensuite: \list - \o Si l'itérateur est à la fin de \c contacts, on réinitialise + \li Si l'itérateur est à la fin de \c contacts, on réinitialise l'affichage et on retourne. - \o Si l'itérateur est au début de \c contacts, on change sa + \li Si l'itérateur est au début de \c contacts, on change sa position jusqu'à la fin - \o Ensuite, on décrémente l'itérateur + \li Ensuite, on décrémente l'itérateur \endlist \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp previous() function @@ -538,9 +538,9 @@ Dans ce chapitre, on définit l'énumération \c Mode avec trois valeurs possibles. \list - \o \c{NavigationMode}, - \o \c{AddingMode}, et - \o \c{EditingMode}. + \li \c{NavigationMode}, + \li \c{AddingMode}, et + \li \c{EditingMode}. \endlist \section1 Définition de la classe AddressBook diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/addressbook.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/addressbook.qdoc index 96c96df177..27bdb0fac4 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/addressbook.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/addressbook.qdoc @@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ components of Qt, including: \list - \o Widgets and layout managers - \o Container classes - \o Signals and slots - \o Input and output devices + \li Widgets and layout managers + \li Container classes + \li Signals and slots + \li Input and output devices \endlist If you are new to Qt, we recommend reading \l{How to Learn Qt} first. @@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ Tutorial contents: \list 1 - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part1}{Designing the User Interface} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part2}{Adding Addresses} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part3}{Navigating between Entries} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part4}{Editing and Removing Addresses} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part5}{Adding a Find Function} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part6}{Loading and Saving} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part7}{Additional Features} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook/part1}{Designing the User Interface} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook/part2}{Adding Addresses} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook/part3}{Navigating between Entries} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook/part4}{Editing and Removing Addresses} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook/part5}{Adding a Find Function} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook/part6}{Loading and Saving} + \li \l{tutorials/addressbook/part7}{Additional Features} \endlist The tutorial source code is located in \c{examples/tutorials/addressbook}. @@ -105,11 +105,11 @@ There are three files used to implement this address book: \list - \o \c{addressbook.h} - the definition file for the \c AddressBook + \li \c{addressbook.h} - the definition file for the \c AddressBook class, - \o \c{addressbook.cpp} - the implementation file for the + \li \c{addressbook.cpp} - the implementation file for the \c AddressBook class, and - \o \c{main.cpp} - the file containing a \c main() function, with + \li \c{main.cpp} - the file containing a \c main() function, with an instance of \c AddressBook. \endlist @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ extend or change the behavior of a widget has the following advantages: \list - \o We can write implementations of virtual or pure virtual functions to + \li We can write implementations of virtual or pure virtual functions to obtain exactly what we need, falling back on the base class's implementation when necessary. - \o It allows us to encapsulate parts of the user interface within a class, + \li It allows us to encapsulate parts of the user interface within a class, so that the other parts of the application don't need to know about the individual widgets in the user interface. - \o The subclass can be used to create multiple custom widgets in the same + \li The subclass can be used to create multiple custom widgets in the same application or library, and the code for the subclass can be reused in other projects. \endlist @@ -340,14 +340,14 @@ The \c submitContact() function can be divided into three parts: \list 1 - \o We extract the contact's details from \c nameLine and \c addressText + \li We extract the contact's details from \c nameLine and \c addressText and store them in QString objects. We also validate to make sure that the user did not click \gui Submit with empty input fields; otherwise, a QMessageBox is displayed to remind the user for a name and address. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp submitContact part1 - \o We then proceed to check if the contact already exists. If it does not + \li We then proceed to check if the contact already exists. If it does not exist, we add the contact to \c contacts and we display a QMessageBox to inform the user that the contact has been added. @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Our \c contacts object is based on key-value pairs of name and address, hence, we want to ensure that \e key is unique. - \o Once we have handled both cases mentioned above, we restore the push + \li Once we have handled both cases mentioned above, we restore the push buttons to their normal state with the following code: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp submitContact part3 @@ -471,9 +471,9 @@ for \c contacts and then: \list - \o If the iterator is not at the end of \c contacts, we increment it + \li If the iterator is not at the end of \c contacts, we increment it by one. - \o If the iterator is at the end of \c contacts, we move it to the + \li If the iterator is at the end of \c contacts, we move it to the beginning of \c contacts. This gives us the illusion that our QMap is working like a circularly-linked list. \endlist @@ -487,11 +487,11 @@ \c contacts and then: \list - \o If the iterator is at the end of \c contacts, we clear the + \li If the iterator is at the end of \c contacts, we clear the display and return. - \o If the iterator is at the beginning of \c contacts, we move it to + \li If the iterator is at the beginning of \c contacts, we move it to the end. - \o We then decrement the iterator by one. + \li We then decrement the iterator by one. \endlist \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp previous() function @@ -524,9 +524,9 @@ Here we define the \c Mode enum with three different values: \list - \o \c{NavigationMode}, - \o \c{AddingMode}, and - \o \c{EditingMode}. + \li \c{NavigationMode}, + \li \c{AddingMode}, and + \li \c{EditingMode}. \endlist \section1 Defining the AddressBook Class diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/modelview.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/modelview.qdoc index 536b521100..fdd25def31 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/modelview.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/modelview.qdoc @@ -55,16 +55,16 @@ such as: \list - \o The difference between standard and model/view widgets - \o Adapters between forms and models - \o Developing a simple model/view application - \o Predefined models - \o Intermediate topics such as: + \li The difference between standard and model/view widgets + \li Adapters between forms and models + \li Developing a simple model/view application + \li Predefined models + \li Intermediate topics such as: \list - \o Tree views - \o Selection - \o Delegates - \o Debugging with model test + \li Tree views + \li Selection + \li Delegates + \li Debugging with model test \endlist \endlist @@ -91,11 +91,11 @@ \table \row - \o Standard widgets use data that is part of the widget. - \o \image standardwidget.png + \li Standard widgets use data that is part of the widget. + \li \image standardwidget.png \row - \o View classes operate on external data (the model) - \o \image modelview.png + \li View classes operate on external data (the model) + \li \image modelview.png \endtable \section2 1.1 Standard Widgets @@ -133,30 +133,30 @@ \table \header - \o Widget - \o Standard Widget\br + \li Widget + \li Standard Widget\br (an item based convenience class) - \o Model/View View Class\br + \li Model/View View Class\br (for use with external data) \row - \o \inlineimage listview.png - \o \l QListWidget - \o \l QListView + \li \inlineimage listview.png + \li \l QListWidget + \li \l QListView \row - \o \inlineimage tableview.png - \o \l QTableWidget - \o \l QTableView + \li \inlineimage tableview.png + \li \l QTableWidget + \li \l QTableView \row - \o \inlineimage treeview.png - \o \l QTreeWidget - \o \l QTreeView + \li \inlineimage treeview.png + \li \l QTreeWidget + \li \l QTreeView \row - \o \inlineimage columnview.png - \o - \o \l QColumnView shows a tree as a hierarchy of lists + \li \inlineimage columnview.png + \li + \li \l QColumnView shows a tree as a hierarchy of lists \row - \o \inlineimage modelview-combobox.png - \o {2, 1} \l QComboBox can work as both a view class and also + \li \inlineimage modelview-combobox.png + \li {2, 1} \l QComboBox can work as both a view class and also as a traditional widget \endtable @@ -212,8 +212,8 @@ things: \list - \o How many rows and columns should be displayed. - \o What content should be printed into each cell. + \li How many rows and columns should be displayed. + \li What content should be printed into each cell. \endlist The model needs some code to respond to this. @@ -271,33 +271,33 @@ \table \header - \o \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{enum Qt::ItemDataRole} - \o Meaning - \o Type + \li \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{enum Qt::ItemDataRole} + \li Meaning + \li Type \row - \o \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{}Qt::DisplayRole - \o text - \o QString + \li \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{}Qt::DisplayRole + \li text + \li QString \row - \o \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{Qt::FontRole} - \o font - \o QFont + \li \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{Qt::FontRole} + \li font + \li QFont \row - \o \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{BackgroundRole} - \o brush for the background of the cell - \o QBrush + \li \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{BackgroundRole} + \li brush for the background of the cell + \li QBrush \row - \o \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{Qt::TextAlignmentRole} - \o text alignment - \o \l{Qt::AlignmentFlag}{enum Qt::AlignmentFlag} + \li \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{Qt::TextAlignmentRole} + \li text alignment + \li \l{Qt::AlignmentFlag}{enum Qt::AlignmentFlag} \row - \o {1, 3} \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{Qt::CheckStateRole} - \o {1, 3} suppresses checkboxes with \l{QVariant}{QVariant()}, + \li {1, 3} \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{Qt::CheckStateRole} + \li {1, 3} suppresses checkboxes with \l{QVariant}{QVariant()}, sets checkboxes with \l{Qt::CheckState}{Qt::Checked} or \l{Qt::CheckState}{Qt::Unchecked} - \o {1, 3} \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{enum Qt::ItemDataRole} + \li {1, 3} \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{enum Qt::ItemDataRole} \endtable Refer to the Qt namespace documentation to learn more about the @@ -490,27 +490,27 @@ \table \row - \o QStringListModel - \o Stores a list of strings + \li QStringListModel + \li Stores a list of strings \row - \o QStandardItemModel - \o Stores arbitrary hierarchical items + \li QStandardItemModel + \li Stores arbitrary hierarchical items \row - \o QFileSystemModel\br + \li QFileSystemModel\br QDirModel - \o Encapsulate the local file system + \li Encapsulate the local file system \row - \o QSqlQueryModel - \o Encapsulate an SQL result set + \li QSqlQueryModel + \li Encapsulate an SQL result set \row - \o QSqlTableModel - \o Encapsulates an SQL table + \li QSqlTableModel + \li Encapsulates an SQL table \row - \o QSqlRelationalTableModel - \o Encapsulates an SQL table with foreign keys + \li QSqlRelationalTableModel + \li Encapsulates an SQL table with foreign keys \row - \o QSortFilterProxyModel - \o Sorts and/or filters another model + \li QSortFilterProxyModel + \li Sorts and/or filters another model \endtable @@ -562,11 +562,11 @@ Other references to delegates in Qt Documentation: \list - \o \l{Spin Box Delegate Example} - \o \l{QAbstractItemDelegate}{QAbstractItemDelegate Class Reference} - \o \l{QSqlRelationalDelegate}{QSqlRelationalDelegate Class Reference} - \o \l{QStyledItemDelegate}{QStyledItemDelegate Class Reference} - \o \l{QItemDelegate}{QItemDelegate Class Reference} + \li \l{Spin Box Delegate Example} + \li \l{QAbstractItemDelegate}{QAbstractItemDelegate Class Reference} + \li \l{QSqlRelationalDelegate}{QSqlRelationalDelegate Class Reference} + \li \l{QStyledItemDelegate}{QStyledItemDelegate Class Reference} + \li \l{QItemDelegate}{QItemDelegate Class Reference} \endlist @@ -599,16 +599,16 @@ Qt but also in several good books. \list 1 - \o \bold{C++ GUI Programming with Qt 4} / Jasmin Blanchette, Mark Summerfield, + \li \b{C++ GUI Programming with Qt 4} / Jasmin Blanchette, Mark Summerfield, \e{Prentice Hall, 2nd edition}, ISBN 0-13-235416-0. Also available in - German: \bold{C++ GUI Programmierung mit Qt 4: Die offizielle Einführung}, + German: \b{C++ GUI Programmierung mit Qt 4: Die offizielle Einführung}, \e{Addison-Wesley}, ISBN 3-827327-29-6 - \o \bold{The Book of Qt4, The Art of Building Qt Applications} / Daniel Molkentin, + \li \b{The Book of Qt4, The Art of Building Qt Applications} / Daniel Molkentin, \e{Open Source Press}, ISBN 1-59327-147-6. - Translated from \bold{Qt 4, Einführung in die Applikationsentwicklung}, + Translated from \b{Qt 4, Einführung in die Applikationsentwicklung}, \e{Open Source Press}, ISBN 3-937514-12-0. - \o \bold{Foundations of Qt Development} / Johan Thelin, \e{Apress}, ISBN 1-59059-831-8. - \o \bold{Advanced Qt Programming} / Mark Summerfield, \e{Prentice Hall}, ISBN 0-321-63590-6. + \li \b{Foundations of Qt Development} / Johan Thelin, \e{Apress}, ISBN 1-59059-831-8. + \li \b{Advanced Qt Programming} / Mark Summerfield, \e{Prentice Hall}, ISBN 0-321-63590-6. This book covers Model/View programming on more than 150 pages. \endlist @@ -621,157 +621,157 @@ \table \header - \o Example name - \o View class used - \o Model used - \o Aspects covered - \o - \row - \o Team Leaders - \o QListview - \o QStringListModel - \o - \o Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.6 - \row - \o Directory Viewer - \o QTreeView - \o QDirModel - \o - \o Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.7 - \row - \o Color Names - \o QListView - \o QSortFilterProxyModel + \li Example name + \li View class used + \li Model used + \li Aspects covered + \li + \row + \li Team Leaders + \li QListview + \li QStringListModel + \li + \li Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.6 + \row + \li Directory Viewer + \li QTreeView + \li QDirModel + \li + \li Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.7 + \row + \li Color Names + \li QListView + \li QSortFilterProxyModel applied to QStringListModel - \o - \o Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.8 + \li + \li Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.8 \row - \o Currencies - \o QTableView - \o custom model based on + \li Currencies + \li QTableView + \li custom model based on QAbstractTableModel - \o Read only - \o Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.10 + \li Read only + \li Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.10 \row - \o Cities - \o QTableView - \o Custom model based on + \li Cities + \li QTableView + \li Custom model based on QAbstractTableModel - \o Read / write - \o Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.12 + \li Read / write + \li Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.12 \row - \o Boolean Parser - \o QTreeView - \o Custom model based on + \li Boolean Parser + \li QTreeView + \li Custom model based on QAbstractItemModel - \o Read only - \o Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.14 + \li Read only + \li Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.14 \row - \o Track Editor - \o {2, 1} QTableWidget - \o Custom delegate providing a custom editor - \o Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.15 + \li Track Editor + \li {2, 1} QTableWidget + \li Custom delegate providing a custom editor + \li Book 1, Chapter 10, Figure 10.15 \row - \o Four directory views - \o QListView + \li Four directory views + \li QListView QTableView QTreeView - \o QDirModel - \o Demonstrates the use of multiple views - \o Book2, Chapter 8.2 + \li QDirModel + \li Demonstrates the use of multiple views + \li Book2, Chapter 8.2 \row - \o Address Book - \o QListView + \li Address Book + \li QListView QTableView QTreeView - \o Custom model based on + \li Custom model based on QAbstractTableModel - \o Read / write - \o Book2, Chapter 8.4 + \li Read / write + \li Book2, Chapter 8.4 \row - \o Address Book with sorting - \o - \o QProxyModel - \o Introducing sort and filter capabilities - \o Book2, Chapter 8.5 + \li Address Book with sorting + \li + \li QProxyModel + \li Introducing sort and filter capabilities + \li Book2, Chapter 8.5 \row - \o Address Book + \li Address Book with checkboxes - \o - \o - \o Introducing checkboxes in model/view - \o Book2, Chapter 8.6 - \row - \o Address Book with transposed grid - \o - \o Custom proxy Model based on QAbstractProxyModel - \o Introducing a custom model - \o Book2, Chapter 8.7 - \row - \o Address Book with drag and drop - \o - \o - \o Introducing drag and drop support - \o Book2, Chapter 8.8 - \row - \o Address Book with custom editor - \o - \o - \o Introducing custom delegates - \o Book2, Chapter 8.9 - \row - \o Views - \o QListView + \li + \li + \li Introducing checkboxes in model/view + \li Book2, Chapter 8.6 + \row + \li Address Book with transposed grid + \li + \li Custom proxy Model based on QAbstractProxyModel + \li Introducing a custom model + \li Book2, Chapter 8.7 + \row + \li Address Book with drag and drop + \li + \li + \li Introducing drag and drop support + \li Book2, Chapter 8.8 + \row + \li Address Book with custom editor + \li + \li + \li Introducing custom delegates + \li Book2, Chapter 8.9 + \row + \li Views + \li QListView QTableView QTreeView - \o QStandardItemModel - \o Read only - \o Book 3, Chapter 5, figure 5-3 - \row - \o Bardelegate - \o QTableView - \o - \o Custom delegate for presentation based on QAbstractItemDelegate - \o Book 3, Chapter 5, figure 5-5 - \row - \o Editdelegate - \o QTableView - \o - \o Custom delegate for editing based on QAbstractItemDelegate - \o Book 3, Chapter 5, figure 5-6 - \row - \o Singleitemview - \o Custom view based on QAbstractItemView - \o - \o Custom view - \o Book 3, + \li QStandardItemModel + \li Read only + \li Book 3, Chapter 5, figure 5-3 + \row + \li Bardelegate + \li QTableView + \li + \li Custom delegate for presentation based on QAbstractItemDelegate + \li Book 3, Chapter 5, figure 5-5 + \row + \li Editdelegate + \li QTableView + \li + \li Custom delegate for editing based on QAbstractItemDelegate + \li Book 3, Chapter 5, figure 5-6 + \row + \li Singleitemview + \li Custom view based on QAbstractItemView + \li + \li Custom view + \li Book 3, Chapter 5, figure 5-7 \row - \o listmodel - \o QTableView - \o Custom Model based on QAbstractTableModel - \o Read only - \o Book 3, Chapter 5, Figure 5-8 - \row - \o treemodel - \o QTreeView - \o Custom Model based on QAbstractItemModel - \o Read only - \o Book 3, Chapter 5, Figure 5-10 - \row - \o edit integers - \o QListView - \o Custom Model based on QAbstractListModel - \o Read / write - \o Book 3, Chapter 5, Listing 5-37, Figure 5-11 - \row - \o sorting - \o QTableView - \o QSortFilterProxyModel applied to QStringListModel - \o Demonstrates sorting - \o Book 3, Chapter 5, Figure 5-12 + \li listmodel + \li QTableView + \li Custom Model based on QAbstractTableModel + \li Read only + \li Book 3, Chapter 5, Figure 5-8 + \row + \li treemodel + \li QTreeView + \li Custom Model based on QAbstractItemModel + \li Read only + \li Book 3, Chapter 5, Figure 5-10 + \row + \li edit integers + \li QListView + \li Custom Model based on QAbstractListModel + \li Read / write + \li Book 3, Chapter 5, Listing 5-37, Figure 5-11 + \row + \li sorting + \li QTableView + \li QSortFilterProxyModel applied to QStringListModel + \li Demonstrates sorting + \li Book 3, Chapter 5, Figure 5-12 \endtable @@ -782,108 +782,108 @@ \table \header - \o Example name - \o View class used - \o Model used - \o Aspects covered - \row - \o Address Book - \o QTableView - \o QAbstractTableModel + \li Example name + \li View class used + \li Model used + \li Aspects covered + \row + \li Address Book + \li QTableView + \li QAbstractTableModel QSortFilterProxyModel - \o Usage of QSortFilterProxyModel to generate different + \li Usage of QSortFilterProxyModel to generate different subsets from one data pool \row - \o Basic Sort/Filter Model - \o QTreeView - \o QStandardItemModel + \li Basic Sort/Filter Model + \li QTreeView + \li QStandardItemModel QSortFilterProxyModel - \o + \li \row - \o Chart - \o Custom view - \o QStandardItemModel - \o Designing custom views that cooperate with selection models + \li Chart + \li Custom view + \li QStandardItemModel + \li Designing custom views that cooperate with selection models \row - \o Color Editor Factory - \o {2, 1} QTableWidget - \o Enhancing the standard delegate with a new custom editor to choose colours + \li Color Editor Factory + \li {2, 1} QTableWidget + \li Enhancing the standard delegate with a new custom editor to choose colours \row - \o Combo Widget Mapper - \o QDataWidgetMapper to map QLineEdit, QTextEdit and QComboBox - \o QStandardItemModel - \o Shows how a QComboBox can serve as a view class + \li Combo Widget Mapper + \li QDataWidgetMapper to map QLineEdit, QTextEdit and QComboBox + \li QStandardItemModel + \li Shows how a QComboBox can serve as a view class \row - \o Custom Sort/Filter Model - \o QTreeView - \o QStandardItemModel + \li Custom Sort/Filter Model + \li QTreeView + \li QStandardItemModel QSortFilterProxyModel - \o Subclass QSortFilterProxyModel for advanced sorting and filtering + \li Subclass QSortFilterProxyModel for advanced sorting and filtering \row - \o Dir View - \o QTreeView - \o QDirModel - \o Very small example to demonstrate how to assign a model to a view + \li Dir View + \li QTreeView + \li QDirModel + \li Very small example to demonstrate how to assign a model to a view \row - \o Editable Tree Model - \o QTreeView - \o Custom tree model - \o Comprehensive example for working with trees, demonstrates + \li Editable Tree Model + \li QTreeView + \li Custom tree model + \li Comprehensive example for working with trees, demonstrates editing cells and tree structure with an underlying custom model \row - \o Fetch More - \o QListView - \o Custom list model - \o Dynamically changing model - \row - \o Frozen Column - \o QTableView - \o QStandardItemModel - \o - \row - \o Interview - \o Multiple - \o Custom item model - \o Multiple views - \row - \o Pixelator - \o QTableView - \o Custom table model - \o Implementation of a custom delegate - \row - \o Puzzle - \o QListView - \o Custom list model - \o Model/view with drag and drop - \row - \o Simple DOM Model - \o QTreeView - \o Custom tree model - \o Read only example for a custom tree model - \row - \o Simple Tree Model - \o QTreeView - \o Custom tree model - \o Read only example for a custom tree model - \row - \o Simple Widget Mapper - \o QDataWidgetMapper to map QLineEdit, QTextEdit and QSpinBox - \o QStandardItemModel - \o Basic QDataWidgetMapper usage - \row - \o Spin Box Delegate - \o QTableView - \o QStandardItemModel - \o Custom delegate that uses a spin box as a cell editor - \row - \o Spreadsheet - \o {2, 1} QTableView - \o Custom delegates - \row - \o Star Delegate - \o {2, 1} QTableWidget - \o Comprehensive custom delegate example. + \li Fetch More + \li QListView + \li Custom list model + \li Dynamically changing model + \row + \li Frozen Column + \li QTableView + \li QStandardItemModel + \li + \row + \li Interview + \li Multiple + \li Custom item model + \li Multiple views + \row + \li Pixelator + \li QTableView + \li Custom table model + \li Implementation of a custom delegate + \row + \li Puzzle + \li QListView + \li Custom list model + \li Model/view with drag and drop + \row + \li Simple DOM Model + \li QTreeView + \li Custom tree model + \li Read only example for a custom tree model + \row + \li Simple Tree Model + \li QTreeView + \li Custom tree model + \li Read only example for a custom tree model + \row + \li Simple Widget Mapper + \li QDataWidgetMapper to map QLineEdit, QTextEdit and QSpinBox + \li QStandardItemModel + \li Basic QDataWidgetMapper usage + \row + \li Spin Box Delegate + \li QTableView + \li QStandardItemModel + \li Custom delegate that uses a spin box as a cell editor + \row + \li Spreadsheet + \li {2, 1} QTableView + \li Custom delegates + \row + \li Star Delegate + \li {2, 1} QTableWidget + \li Comprehensive custom delegate example. \endtable A \l{Model/View Programming}{reference document} for model/view technology diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/focus.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/focus.qdoc index 374d5781ee..60f05948b4 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/focus.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/focus.qdoc @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ \list 1 - \o The user presses \key Tab (or \key Shift+Tab). - \o The user clicks a widget. - \o The user presses a keyboard shortcut. - \o The user uses the mouse wheel. - \o The user moves the focus to a window, and the application must + \li The user presses \key Tab (or \key Shift+Tab). + \li The user clicks a widget. + \li The user presses a keyboard shortcut. + \li The user uses the mouse wheel. + \li The user moves the focus to a window, and the application must determine which widget within the window should get the focus. \endlist @@ -93,14 +93,14 @@ \list 1 - \o If the program can determine whether the field is needed, it can + \li If the program can determine whether the field is needed, it can move focus there when the user finishes entry and presses \gui OK, or when the user presses Enter after finishing the other fields. Alternately, include the field in the tab order but disable it. Enable it if it becomes appropriate in view of what the user has set in the other fields. - \o The label for the field can include a keyboard shortcut that moves + \li The label for the field can include a keyboard shortcut that moves focus to this field. \endlist diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cde.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cde.qdoc index 313757ebec..a74cab0509 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cde.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cde.qdoc @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image cde-checkbox.png +\li \image cde-checkbox.png \caption The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label. -\o \image cde-radiobutton.png +\li \image cde-radiobutton.png \caption The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label. -\o \image cde-pushbutton.png +\li \image cde-pushbutton.png \image cde-toolbutton.png \caption The QPushButton widget provides a command button. \endtable @@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image cde-groupbox.png +\li \image cde-groupbox.png The The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title. -\o \image cde-tabwidget.png +\li \image cde-tabwidget.png The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. -\o \image cde-frame.png +\li \image cde-frame.png The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets. -\o \image cde-toolbox.png +\li \image cde-toolbox.png The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. \endtable @@ -65,24 +65,24 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image cde-listview.png +\li \image cde-listview.png The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view. -\o \image cde-treeview.png +\li \image cde-treeview.png The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view. -\o \image cde-tableview.png - The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\o -\o +\li \image cde-tableview.png + The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\li +\li \endtable \section2 Display Widgets \table 100% \row -\o \image cde-progressbar.png +\li \image cde-progressbar.png The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar. -\o \image cde-label.png +\li \image cde-label.png The QLabel widget provides a text or image display. -\o \image cde-lcdnumber.png +\li \image cde-lcdnumber.png The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits. \endtable @@ -90,43 +90,43 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image cde-lineedit.png +\li \image cde-lineedit.png The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor. -\o \image cde-dateedit.png +\li \image cde-dateedit.png The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates. -\o \image cde-timeedit.png +\li \image cde-timeedit.png The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times. -\o \image cde-datetimeedit.png +\li \image cde-datetimeedit.png The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image cde-slider.png +\li \image cde-slider.png The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider. -\o \image cde-combobox.png +\li \image cde-combobox.png The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list. -\o \image cde-spinbox.png +\li \image cde-spinbox.png The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image cde-fontcombobox.png +\li \image cde-fontcombobox.png The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts. -\o \image cde-doublespinbox.png +\li \image cde-doublespinbox.png The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered. -\o \image cde-horizontalscrollbar.png +\li \image cde-horizontalscrollbar.png The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image cde-dial.png +\li \image cde-dial.png The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). -\o \image cde-textedit.png +\li \image cde-textedit.png The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display both plain and rich text. -\o \image cde-calendarwidget.png +\li \image cde-calendarwidget.png The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates. \endtable diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc index 74cd4d4d42..bed6d0ca40 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image cleanlooks-pushbutton.png +\li \image cleanlooks-pushbutton.png \caption The QPushButton widget provides a command button. -\o \image cleanlooks-toolbutton.png +\li \image cleanlooks-toolbutton.png \caption The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image cleanlooks-checkbox.png +\li \image cleanlooks-checkbox.png \caption The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label. -\o \image cleanlooks-radiobutton.png +\li \image cleanlooks-radiobutton.png \caption The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label. \endtable @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image cleanlooks-groupbox.png +\li \image cleanlooks-groupbox.png The The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title. -\o \image cleanlooks-tabwidget.png +\li \image cleanlooks-tabwidget.png The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. -\o \image cleanlooks-frame.png +\li \image cleanlooks-frame.png The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets. -\o \image cleanlooks-toolbox.png +\li \image cleanlooks-toolbox.png The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. \endtable @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image cleanlooks-listview.png +\li \image cleanlooks-listview.png The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view. -\o \image cleanlooks-treeview.png +\li \image cleanlooks-treeview.png The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view. -\o \image cleanlooks-tableview.png - The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\o -\o +\li \image cleanlooks-tableview.png + The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\li +\li \endtable \section2 Display Widgets \table 100% \row -\o \image cleanlooks-progressbar.png +\li \image cleanlooks-progressbar.png The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar. -\o \image cleanlooks-label.png +\li \image cleanlooks-label.png The QLabel widget provides a text or image display. -\o \image cleanlooks-lcdnumber.png +\li \image cleanlooks-lcdnumber.png The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits. \endtable @@ -96,43 +96,43 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image cleanlooks-lineedit.png +\li \image cleanlooks-lineedit.png The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor. -\o \image cleanlooks-dateedit.png +\li \image cleanlooks-dateedit.png The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates. -\o \image cleanlooks-timeedit.png +\li \image cleanlooks-timeedit.png The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times. -\o \image cleanlooks-datetimeedit.png +\li \image cleanlooks-datetimeedit.png The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image cleanlooks-slider.png +\li \image cleanlooks-slider.png The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider. -\o \image cleanlooks-combobox.png +\li \image cleanlooks-combobox.png The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list. -\o \image cleanlooks-spinbox.png +\li \image cleanlooks-spinbox.png The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image cleanlooks-fontcombobox.png +\li \image cleanlooks-fontcombobox.png The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts. -\o \image cleanlooks-doublespinbox.png +\li \image cleanlooks-doublespinbox.png The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered. -\o \image cleanlooks-horizontalscrollbar.png +\li \image cleanlooks-horizontalscrollbar.png The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image cleanlooks-dial.png +\li \image cleanlooks-dial.png The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). -\o \image cleanlooks-textedit.png +\li \image cleanlooks-textedit.png The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display both plain and rich text. -\o \image cleanlooks-calendarwidget.png +\li \image cleanlooks-calendarwidget.png The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates. \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-gtk.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-gtk.qdoc index 6a7fb5f3b5..820f0b4140 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-gtk.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-gtk.qdoc @@ -41,18 +41,18 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image gtk-pushbutton.png +\li \image gtk-pushbutton.png \caption The QPushButton widget provides a command button. -\o \image gtk-toolbutton.png +\li \image gtk-toolbutton.png \caption The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image gtk-checkbox.png +\li \image gtk-checkbox.png \caption The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label. -\o \image gtk-radiobutton.png +\li \image gtk-radiobutton.png \caption The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label. \endtable @@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image gtk-groupbox.png +\li \image gtk-groupbox.png The The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title. -\o \image gtk-tabwidget.png +\li \image gtk-tabwidget.png The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. -\o \image gtk-frame.png +\li \image gtk-frame.png The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets. -\o \image gtk-toolbox.png +\li \image gtk-toolbox.png The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. \endtable @@ -74,24 +74,24 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image gtk-listview.png +\li \image gtk-listview.png The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view. -\o \image gtk-treeview.png +\li \image gtk-treeview.png The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view. -\o \image gtk-tableview.png - The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\o -\o +\li \image gtk-tableview.png + The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\li +\li \endtable \section2 Display Widgets \table 100% \row -\o \image gtk-progressbar.png +\li \image gtk-progressbar.png The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar. -\o \image gtk-label.png +\li \image gtk-label.png The QLabel widget provides a text or image display. -\o \image gtk-lcdnumber.png +\li \image gtk-lcdnumber.png The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits. \endtable @@ -99,43 +99,43 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image gtk-lineedit.png +\li \image gtk-lineedit.png The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor. -\o \image gtk-dateedit.png +\li \image gtk-dateedit.png The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates. -\o \image gtk-timeedit.png +\li \image gtk-timeedit.png The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times. -\o \image gtk-datetimeedit.png +\li \image gtk-datetimeedit.png The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image gtk-slider.png +\li \image gtk-slider.png The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider. -\o \image gtk-combobox.png +\li \image gtk-combobox.png The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list. -\o \image gtk-spinbox.png +\li \image gtk-spinbox.png The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image gtk-fontcombobox.png +\li \image gtk-fontcombobox.png The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts. -\o \image gtk-doublespinbox.png +\li \image gtk-doublespinbox.png The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered. -\o \image gtk-horizontalscrollbar.png +\li \image gtk-horizontalscrollbar.png The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image gtk-dial.png +\li \image gtk-dial.png The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). -\o \image gtk-textedit.png +\li \image gtk-textedit.png The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display both plain and rich text. -\o \image gtk-calendarwidget.png +\li \image gtk-calendarwidget.png The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates. \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-macintosh.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-macintosh.qdoc index 6eceea114f..488a3f7665 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-macintosh.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-macintosh.qdoc @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image macintosh-pushbutton.png +\li \image macintosh-pushbutton.png \caption The QPushButton widget provides a command button. -\o \image macintosh-toolbutton.png +\li \image macintosh-toolbutton.png \caption The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image macintosh-checkbox.png +\li \image macintosh-checkbox.png \caption The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label. -\o \image macintosh-radiobutton.png +\li \image macintosh-radiobutton.png \caption The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label. \endtable @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image macintosh-groupbox.png +\li \image macintosh-groupbox.png The The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title. -\o \image macintosh-tabwidget.png +\li \image macintosh-tabwidget.png The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. -\o \image macintosh-frame.png +\li \image macintosh-frame.png The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets. -\o \image macintosh-toolbox.png +\li \image macintosh-toolbox.png The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. \endtable @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image macintosh-listview.png +\li \image macintosh-listview.png The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view. -\o \image macintosh-treeview.png +\li \image macintosh-treeview.png The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view. -\o \image macintosh-tableview.png - The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\o -\o +\li \image macintosh-tableview.png + The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\li +\li \endtable \section2 Display Widgets \table 100% \row -\o \image macintosh-progressbar.png +\li \image macintosh-progressbar.png The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar. -\o \image macintosh-label.png +\li \image macintosh-label.png The QLabel widget provides a text or image display. -\o \image macintosh-lcdnumber.png +\li \image macintosh-lcdnumber.png The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits. \endtable @@ -96,43 +96,43 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image macintosh-lineedit.png +\li \image macintosh-lineedit.png The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor. -\o \image macintosh-dateedit.png +\li \image macintosh-dateedit.png The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates. -\o \image macintosh-timeedit.png +\li \image macintosh-timeedit.png The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times. -\o \image macintosh-datetimeedit.png +\li \image macintosh-datetimeedit.png The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image macintosh-slider.png +\li \image macintosh-slider.png The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider. -\o \image macintosh-combobox.png +\li \image macintosh-combobox.png The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list. -\o \image macintosh-spinbox.png +\li \image macintosh-spinbox.png The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image macintosh-fontcombobox.png +\li \image macintosh-fontcombobox.png The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts. -\o \image macintosh-doublespinbox.png +\li \image macintosh-doublespinbox.png The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered. -\o \image macintosh-horizontalscrollbar.png +\li \image macintosh-horizontalscrollbar.png The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image macintosh-dial.png +\li \image macintosh-dial.png The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). -\o \image macintosh-textedit.png +\li \image macintosh-textedit.png The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display both plain and rich text. -\o \image macintosh-calendarwidget.png +\li \image macintosh-calendarwidget.png The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates. \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-motif.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-motif.qdoc index d059d2282f..5cbffc5516 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-motif.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-motif.qdoc @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image motif-pushbutton.png +\li \image motif-pushbutton.png \caption The QPushButton widget provides a command button. -\o \image motif-toolbutton.png +\li \image motif-toolbutton.png \caption The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image motif-checkbox.png +\li \image motif-checkbox.png \caption The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label. -\o \image motif-radiobutton.png +\li \image motif-radiobutton.png \caption The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label. \endtable @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image motif-groupbox.png +\li \image motif-groupbox.png The The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title. -\o \image motif-tabwidget.png +\li \image motif-tabwidget.png The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. -\o \image motif-frame.png +\li \image motif-frame.png The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets. -\o \image motif-toolbox.png +\li \image motif-toolbox.png The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. \endtable @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image motif-listview.png +\li \image motif-listview.png The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view. -\o \image motif-treeview.png +\li \image motif-treeview.png The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view. -\o \image motif-tableview.png - The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\o -\o +\li \image motif-tableview.png + The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\li +\li \endtable \section2 Display Widgets \table 100% \row -\o \image motif-progressbar.png +\li \image motif-progressbar.png The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar. -\o \image motif-label.png +\li \image motif-label.png The QLabel widget provides a text or image display. -\o \image motif-lcdnumber.png +\li \image motif-lcdnumber.png The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits. \endtable @@ -96,43 +96,43 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image motif-lineedit.png +\li \image motif-lineedit.png The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor. -\o \image motif-dateedit.png +\li \image motif-dateedit.png The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates. -\o \image motif-timeedit.png +\li \image motif-timeedit.png The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times. -\o \image motif-datetimeedit.png +\li \image motif-datetimeedit.png The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image motif-slider.png +\li \image motif-slider.png The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider. -\o \image motif-combobox.png +\li \image motif-combobox.png The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list. -\o \image motif-spinbox.png +\li \image motif-spinbox.png The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image motif-fontcombobox.png +\li \image motif-fontcombobox.png The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts. -\o \image motif-doublespinbox.png +\li \image motif-doublespinbox.png The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered. -\o \image motif-horizontalscrollbar.png +\li \image motif-horizontalscrollbar.png The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image motif-dial.png +\li \image motif-dial.png The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). -\o \image motif-textedit.png +\li \image motif-textedit.png The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display both plain and rich text. -\o \image motif-calendarwidget.png +\li \image motif-calendarwidget.png The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates. \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-plastique.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-plastique.qdoc index 9a57bd6cbc..359fac8018 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-plastique.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-plastique.qdoc @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image plastique-pushbutton.png +\li \image plastique-pushbutton.png \caption The QPushButton widget provides a command button. -\o \image plastique-toolbutton.png +\li \image plastique-toolbutton.png \caption The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image plastique-checkbox.png +\li \image plastique-checkbox.png \caption The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label. -\o \image plastique-radiobutton.png +\li \image plastique-radiobutton.png \caption The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label. \endtable @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image plastique-groupbox.png +\li \image plastique-groupbox.png The The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title. -\o \image plastique-tabwidget.png +\li \image plastique-tabwidget.png The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. -\o \image plastique-frame.png +\li \image plastique-frame.png The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets. -\o \image plastique-toolbox.png +\li \image plastique-toolbox.png The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. \endtable @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image plastique-listview.png +\li \image plastique-listview.png The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view. -\o \image plastique-treeview.png +\li \image plastique-treeview.png The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view. -\o \image plastique-tableview.png - The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\o -\o +\li \image plastique-tableview.png + The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\li +\li \endtable \section2 Display Widgets \table 100% \row -\o \image plastique-progressbar.png +\li \image plastique-progressbar.png The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar. -\o \image plastique-label.png +\li \image plastique-label.png The QLabel widget provides a text or image display. -\o \image plastique-lcdnumber.png +\li \image plastique-lcdnumber.png The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits. \endtable @@ -96,43 +96,43 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image plastique-lineedit.png +\li \image plastique-lineedit.png The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor. -\o \image plastique-dateedit.png +\li \image plastique-dateedit.png The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates. -\o \image plastique-timeedit.png +\li \image plastique-timeedit.png The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times. -\o \image plastique-datetimeedit.png +\li \image plastique-datetimeedit.png The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image plastique-slider.png +\li \image plastique-slider.png The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider. -\o \image plastique-combobox.png +\li \image plastique-combobox.png The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list. -\o \image plastique-spinbox.png +\li \image plastique-spinbox.png The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image plastique-fontcombobox.png +\li \image plastique-fontcombobox.png The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts. -\o \image plastique-doublespinbox.png +\li \image plastique-doublespinbox.png The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered. -\o \image plastique-horizontalscrollbar.png +\li \image plastique-horizontalscrollbar.png The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image plastique-dial.png +\li \image plastique-dial.png The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). -\o \image plastique-textedit.png +\li \image plastique-textedit.png The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display both plain and rich text. -\o \image plastique-calendarwidget.png +\li \image plastique-calendarwidget.png The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates. \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windows.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windows.qdoc index 83ebce97f5..b118c845c6 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windows.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windows.qdoc @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windows-pushbutton.png +\li \image windows-pushbutton.png \caption The QPushButton widget provides a command button. -\o \image windows-toolbutton.png +\li \image windows-toolbutton.png \caption The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windows-checkbox.png +\li \image windows-checkbox.png \caption The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label. -\o \image windows-radiobutton.png +\li \image windows-radiobutton.png \caption The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label. \endtable @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windows-groupbox.png +\li \image windows-groupbox.png The The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title. -\o \image windows-tabwidget.png +\li \image windows-tabwidget.png The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. -\o \image windows-frame.png +\li \image windows-frame.png The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets. -\o \image windows-toolbox.png +\li \image windows-toolbox.png The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. \endtable @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windows-listview.png +\li \image windows-listview.png The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view. -\o \image windows-treeview.png +\li \image windows-treeview.png The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view. -\o \image windows-tableview.png - The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\o -\o +\li \image windows-tableview.png + The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\li +\li \endtable \section2 Display Widgets \table 100% \row -\o \image windows-progressbar.png +\li \image windows-progressbar.png The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar. -\o \image windows-label.png +\li \image windows-label.png The QLabel widget provides a text or image display. -\o \image windows-lcdnumber.png +\li \image windows-lcdnumber.png The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits. \endtable @@ -96,43 +96,43 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windows-lineedit.png +\li \image windows-lineedit.png The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor. -\o \image windows-dateedit.png +\li \image windows-dateedit.png The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates. -\o \image windows-timeedit.png +\li \image windows-timeedit.png The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times. -\o \image windows-datetimeedit.png +\li \image windows-datetimeedit.png The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windows-slider.png +\li \image windows-slider.png The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider. -\o \image windows-combobox.png +\li \image windows-combobox.png The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list. -\o \image windows-spinbox.png +\li \image windows-spinbox.png The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windows-fontcombobox.png +\li \image windows-fontcombobox.png The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts. -\o \image windows-doublespinbox.png +\li \image windows-doublespinbox.png The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered. -\o \image windows-horizontalscrollbar.png +\li \image windows-horizontalscrollbar.png The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windows-dial.png +\li \image windows-dial.png The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). -\o \image windows-textedit.png +\li \image windows-textedit.png The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display both plain and rich text. -\o \image windows-calendarwidget.png +\li \image windows-calendarwidget.png The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates. \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc index e54a4dc399..db1a7cee90 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsvista-pushbutton.png +\li \image windowsvista-pushbutton.png \caption The QPushButton widget provides a command button. -\o \image windowsvista-toolbutton.png +\li \image windowsvista-toolbutton.png \caption The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsvista-checkbox.png +\li \image windowsvista-checkbox.png \caption The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label. -\o \image windowsvista-radiobutton.png +\li \image windowsvista-radiobutton.png \caption The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label. \endtable @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsvista-groupbox.png +\li \image windowsvista-groupbox.png The The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title. -\o \image windowsvista-tabwidget.png +\li \image windowsvista-tabwidget.png The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. -\o \image windowsvista-frame.png +\li \image windowsvista-frame.png The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets. -\o \image windowsvista-toolbox.png +\li \image windowsvista-toolbox.png The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. \endtable @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsvista-listview.png +\li \image windowsvista-listview.png The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view. -\o \image windowsvista-treeview.png +\li \image windowsvista-treeview.png The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view. -\o \image windowsvista-tableview.png - The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\o -\o +\li \image windowsvista-tableview.png + The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\li +\li \endtable \section2 Display Widgets \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsvista-progressbar.png +\li \image windowsvista-progressbar.png The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar. -\o \image windowsvista-label.png +\li \image windowsvista-label.png The QLabel widget provides a text or image display. -\o \image windowsvista-lcdnumber.png +\li \image windowsvista-lcdnumber.png The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits. \endtable @@ -96,43 +96,43 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsvista-lineedit.png +\li \image windowsvista-lineedit.png The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor. -\o \image windowsvista-dateedit.png +\li \image windowsvista-dateedit.png The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates. -\o \image windowsvista-timeedit.png +\li \image windowsvista-timeedit.png The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times. -\o \image windowsvista-datetimeedit.png +\li \image windowsvista-datetimeedit.png The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsvista-slider.png +\li \image windowsvista-slider.png The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider. -\o \image windowsvista-combobox.png +\li \image windowsvista-combobox.png The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list. -\o \image windowsvista-spinbox.png +\li \image windowsvista-spinbox.png The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsvista-fontcombobox.png +\li \image windowsvista-fontcombobox.png The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts. -\o \image windowsvista-doublespinbox.png +\li \image windowsvista-doublespinbox.png The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered. -\o \image windowsvista-horizontalscrollbar.png +\li \image windowsvista-horizontalscrollbar.png The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsvista-dial.png +\li \image windowsvista-dial.png The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). -\o \image windowsvista-textedit.png +\li \image windowsvista-textedit.png The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display both plain and rich text. -\o \image windowsvista-calendarwidget.png +\li \image windowsvista-calendarwidget.png The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates. \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc index 3753402c5a..2ade5681e2 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsxp-pushbutton.png +\li \image windowsxp-pushbutton.png \caption The QPushButton widget provides a command button. -\o \image windowsxp-toolbutton.png +\li \image windowsxp-toolbutton.png \caption The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsxp-checkbox.png +\li \image windowsxp-checkbox.png \caption The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label. -\o \image windowsxp-radiobutton.png +\li \image windowsxp-radiobutton.png \caption The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label. \endtable @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsxp-groupbox.png +\li \image windowsxp-groupbox.png The The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title. -\o \image windowsxp-tabwidget.png +\li \image windowsxp-tabwidget.png The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets. -\o \image windowsxp-frame.png +\li \image windowsxp-frame.png The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets. -\o \image windowsxp-toolbox.png +\li \image windowsxp-toolbox.png The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. \endtable @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsxp-listview.png +\li \image windowsxp-listview.png The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view. -\o \image windowsxp-treeview.png +\li \image windowsxp-treeview.png The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view. -\o \image windowsxp-tableview.png - The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\o -\o +\li \image windowsxp-tableview.png + The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\li +\li \endtable \section2 Display Widgets \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsxp-progressbar.png +\li \image windowsxp-progressbar.png The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar. -\o \image windowsxp-label.png +\li \image windowsxp-label.png The QLabel widget provides a text or image display. -\o \image windowsxp-lcdnumber.png +\li \image windowsxp-lcdnumber.png The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits. \endtable @@ -96,43 +96,43 @@ \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsxp-lineedit.png +\li \image windowsxp-lineedit.png The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor. -\o \image windowsxp-dateedit.png +\li \image windowsxp-dateedit.png The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates. -\o \image windowsxp-timeedit.png +\li \image windowsxp-timeedit.png The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times. -\o \image windowsxp-datetimeedit.png +\li \image windowsxp-datetimeedit.png The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsxp-slider.png +\li \image windowsxp-slider.png The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider. -\o \image windowsxp-combobox.png +\li \image windowsxp-combobox.png The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list. -\o \image windowsxp-spinbox.png +\li \image windowsxp-spinbox.png The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsxp-fontcombobox.png +\li \image windowsxp-fontcombobox.png The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts. -\o \image windowsxp-doublespinbox.png +\li \image windowsxp-doublespinbox.png The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered. -\o \image windowsxp-horizontalscrollbar.png +\li \image windowsxp-horizontalscrollbar.png The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation. \endtable \table 100% \row -\o \image windowsxp-dial.png +\li \image windowsxp-dial.png The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). -\o \image windowsxp-textedit.png +\li \image windowsxp-textedit.png The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display both plain and rich text. -\o \image windowsxp-calendarwidget.png +\li \image windowsxp-calendarwidget.png The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates. \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery.qdoc index d82eda4805..a2f4db5a7b 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/gallery.qdoc @@ -36,15 +36,15 @@ \table \row - \o \image plastique-tabwidget.png Plastique Style Widget Gallery + \li \image plastique-tabwidget.png Plastique Style Widget Gallery \caption \l{Plastique Style Widget Gallery} The Plastique style is provided by QPlastiqueStyle. - \o \image windowsxp-tabwidget.png Windows XP Style Widget Gallery + \li \image windowsxp-tabwidget.png Windows XP Style Widget Gallery \caption \l{Windows XP Style Widget Gallery} The Windows XP style is provided by QWindowsXPStyle. - \o \image windows-tabwidget.png Windows Style Widget Gallery + \li \image windows-tabwidget.png Windows Style Widget Gallery \caption \l{Windows Style Widget Gallery} The Windows style is provided by QWindowsStyle. @@ -52,15 +52,15 @@ \table \row - \o \image macintosh-tabwidget.png Macintosh Style Widget Gallery + \li \image macintosh-tabwidget.png Macintosh Style Widget Gallery \caption \l{Macintosh Style Widget Gallery} The Macintosh style is provided by QMacStyle. - \o \image cleanlooks-tabwidget.png Cleanlooks Style Widget Gallery + \li \image cleanlooks-tabwidget.png Cleanlooks Style Widget Gallery \caption \l{Cleanlooks Style Widget Gallery} The Cleanlooks style is provided by QCleanlooksStyle. - \o \image windowsvista-tabwidget.png Windows Vista Style Widget Gallery + \li \image windowsvista-tabwidget.png Windows Vista Style Widget Gallery \caption \l{Windows Vista Style Widget Gallery} The Windows Vista style is provided by QWindowsVistaStyle. @@ -68,15 +68,15 @@ \table \row - \o \image gtk-tabwidget.png GTK Style Widget Gallery + \li \image gtk-tabwidget.png GTK Style Widget Gallery \caption \l{GTK Style Widget Gallery} The GTK style is provided by QGtkStyle. - \o \image motif-tabwidget.png Motif Style Widget Gallery + \li \image motif-tabwidget.png Motif Style Widget Gallery \caption \l{Motif Style Widget Gallery} The Motif style is provided by QMotifStyle. - \o \image cde-tabwidget.png CDE Style Widget Gallery + \li \image cde-tabwidget.png CDE Style Widget Gallery \caption \l{CDE Style Widget Gallery} The Common Desktop Environment style is provided by QCDEStyle. diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc index ccc15ef805..6e1a5f70e1 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc @@ -63,15 +63,15 @@ is set on a widget in this way, it takes charge of the following tasks: \list - \o Positioning of child widgets. - \o Sensible default sizes for windows. - \o Sensible minimum sizes for windows. - \o Resize handling. - \o Automatic updates when contents change: + \li Positioning of child widgets. + \li Sensible default sizes for windows. + \li Sensible minimum sizes for windows. + \li Resize handling. + \li Automatic updates when contents change: \list - \o Font size, text or other contents of child widgets. - \o Hiding or showing a child widget. - \o Removal of child widgets. + \li Font size, text or other contents of child widgets. + \li Hiding or showing a child widget. + \li Removal of child widgets. \endlist \endlist @@ -95,19 +95,19 @@ create more complex layouts, you can nest layout managers inside each other. \list - \o A QHBoxLayout lays out widgets in a horizontal row, from left to + \li A QHBoxLayout lays out widgets in a horizontal row, from left to right (or right to left for right-to-left languages). \image qhboxlayout-with-5-children.png - \o A QVBoxLayout lays out widgets in a vertical column, from top to + \li A QVBoxLayout lays out widgets in a vertical column, from top to bottom. \image qvboxlayout-with-5-children.png - \o A QGridLayout lays out widgets in a two-dimensional grid. Widgets + \li A QGridLayout lays out widgets in a two-dimensional grid. Widgets can occupy multiple cells. \image qgridlayout-with-5-children.png - \o A QFormLayout lays out widgets in a 2-column descriptive label- + \li A QFormLayout lays out widgets in a 2-column descriptive label- field style. \image qformlayout-with-6-children.png \endlist @@ -176,26 +176,26 @@ When you add widgets to a layout, the layout process works as follows: \list 1 - \o All the widgets will initially be allocated an amount of space in + \li All the widgets will initially be allocated an amount of space in accordance with their QWidget::sizePolicy() and QWidget::sizeHint(). - \o If any of the widgets have stretch factors set, with a value + \li If any of the widgets have stretch factors set, with a value greater than zero, then they are allocated space in proportion to their stretch factor (explained below). - \o If any of the widgets have stretch factors set to zero they will + \li If any of the widgets have stretch factors set to zero they will only get more space if no other widgets want the space. Of these, space is allocated to widgets with an \l{QSizePolicy::Expanding}{Expanding} size policy first. - \o Any widgets that are allocated less space than their minimum size + \li Any widgets that are allocated less space than their minimum size (or minimum size hint if no minimum size is specified) are allocated this minimum size they require. (Widgets don't have to have a minimum size or minimum size hint in which case the stretch factor is their determining factor.) - \o Any widgets that are allocated more space than their maximum size + \li Any widgets that are allocated more space than their maximum size are allocated the maximum size space they require. (Widgets do not have to have a maximum size in which case the stretch factor is their determining factor.) @@ -231,11 +231,11 @@ following mechanisms: \list - \o Reimplement QWidget::sizeHint() to return the preferred size of the + \li Reimplement QWidget::sizeHint() to return the preferred size of the widget. - \o Reimplement QWidget::minimumSizeHint() to return the smallest size + \li Reimplement QWidget::minimumSizeHint() to return the smallest size the widget can have. - \o Call QWidget::setSizePolicy() to specify the space requirements of + \li Call QWidget::setSizePolicy() to specify the space requirements of the widget. \endlist @@ -304,14 +304,14 @@ To write your own layout class, you must define the following: \list - \o A data structure to store the items handled by the layout. Each + \li A data structure to store the items handled by the layout. Each item is a \link QLayoutItem QLayoutItem\endlink. We will use a QList in this example. - \o \l{QLayout::}{addItem()}, how to add items to the layout. - \o \l{QLayout::}{setGeometry()}, how to perform the layout. - \o \l{QLayout::}{sizeHint()}, the preferred size of the layout. - \o \l{QLayout::}{itemAt()}, how to iterate over the layout. - \o \l{QLayout::}{takeAt()}, how to remove items from the layout. + \li \l{QLayout::}{addItem()}, how to add items to the layout. + \li \l{QLayout::}{setGeometry()}, how to perform the layout. + \li \l{QLayout::}{sizeHint()}, the preferred size of the layout. + \li \l{QLayout::}{itemAt()}, how to iterate over the layout. + \li \l{QLayout::}{takeAt()}, how to remove items from the layout. \endlist In most cases, you will also implement \l{QLayout::}{minimumSize()}. @@ -376,16 +376,16 @@ \section2 Further Notes \list - \o This custom layout does not handle height for width. - \o We ignore QLayoutItem::isEmpty(); this means that the layout will + \li This custom layout does not handle height for width. + \li We ignore QLayoutItem::isEmpty(); this means that the layout will treat hidden widgets as visible. - \o For complex layouts, speed can be greatly increased by caching + \li For complex layouts, speed can be greatly increased by caching calculated values. In that case, implement QLayoutItem::invalidate() to mark the cached data is dirty. - \o Calling QLayoutItem::sizeHint(), etc. may be expensive. So, you + \li Calling QLayoutItem::sizeHint(), etc. may be expensive. So, you should store the value in a local variable if you need it again later within in the same function. - \o You should not call QLayoutItem::setGeometry() twice on the same + \li You should not call QLayoutItem::setGeometry() twice on the same item in the same function. This call can be very expensive if the item has several child widgets, because the layout manager must do a complete layout every time. Instead, calculate the geometry and diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc index febe1a8345..b9e3a30333 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ bar. Most draw functions now take four arguments: \list - \o an enum value specifying which graphical element to draw - \o a QStyleOption specifying how and where to render that element - \o a QPainter that should be used to draw the element - \o a QWidget on which the drawing is performed (optional) + \li an enum value specifying which graphical element to draw + \li a QStyleOption specifying how and where to render that element + \li a QPainter that should be used to draw the element + \li a QWidget on which the drawing is performed (optional) \endlist When a widget asks a style to draw an element, it provides the style @@ -309,11 +309,11 @@ following parameters: \list - \o the enum value of the element to draw - \o a QStyleOption which contains the information needed to + \li the enum value of the element to draw + \li a QStyleOption which contains the information needed to draw the element. - \o a QPainter with which to draw the element. - \o a pointer to a QWidget, typically the widget + \li a QPainter with which to draw the element. + \li a pointer to a QWidget, typically the widget that the element is painted on. \endlist @@ -337,27 +337,27 @@ typically takes the same arguments. \list - \o The \l{QStyle::}{subElementRect()} function takes a + \li The \l{QStyle::}{subElementRect()} function takes a \l{QStyle::}{SubElement} enum value, and calculates a bounding rectangle for a sub element. The style uses this function to know where to draw the different parts of an element. This is mainly done for reuse. If you create a new style, you can use the same location of sub elements as the super class. - \o The \l{QStyle::}{subControlRect()} function is used to + \li The \l{QStyle::}{subControlRect()} function is used to calculate bounding rectangles for sub controls in complex controls. When you implement a new style, you reimplement \c subControlRect() and calculate the rectangles that are different from the super class. - \o The \l{QStyle::}{pixelMetric()} function returns a pixel + \li The \l{QStyle::}{pixelMetric()} function returns a pixel metric, which is a style dependent size given in screen pixels. It takes a value of the \l{QStyle::}{PixelMetric} enum and returns the correct measure. Note that pixel metrics do not necessarily have to be static measures, but can be calculated with, for example, the style option. - \o The \l{QStyle::}{hitTestComplexControl()} function returns the + \li The \l{QStyle::}{hitTestComplexControl()} function returns the sub control that the mouse pointer is over in a complex control. Usually, this is simply a matter of using \l{QStyle::}{subControlRect()} to get the bounding rectangles of @@ -588,35 +588,35 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State flag - \o Set + \li State flag + \li Set \row - \o State_Sunken - \o Yes + \li State_Sunken + \li Yes \row - \o State_NoChange - \o No + \li State_NoChange + \li No \row - \o State_On - \o Yes + \li State_On + \li Yes \row - \o State_Off - \o No + \li State_Off + \li No \row - \o State_MouseOver - \o Yes + \li State_MouseOver + \li Yes \row - \o State_Enabled - \o Yes + \li State_Enabled + \li Yes \row - \o State_HasFocus - \o Yes + \li State_HasFocus + \li Yes \row - \o State_KeyboardFocusChange - \o No + \li State_KeyboardFocusChange + \li No \row - \o State_Active - \o Yes + \li State_Active + \li Yes \endtable The QCheckBox paints itself in QWidget::paintEvent() with @@ -714,16 +714,16 @@ The following is given for each widget: \list - \o A table with the members (variables, etc.) of its style option. - \o A table over the state flags (QStyle::StateFlag) that + \li A table with the members (variables, etc.) of its style option. + \li A table over the state flags (QStyle::StateFlag) that can be set on the widget and when the states are set. - \o Its element tree (see section \l{The Style Elements}). - \o An image of the widget in which the elements are outlined. + \li Its element tree (see section \l{The Style Elements}). + \li An image of the widget in which the elements are outlined. \omit This is not written yet - probably never will be either - \o List of style hints that should be checked for the + \li List of style hints that should be checked for the widget. - \o List of standard pixmaps that could be used by the + \li List of standard pixmaps that could be used by the elements. \endomit \endlist @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ Our approach on styling center on the drawing of the widgets. The calculations of sub elements rectangles, sub controls, and pixel - metrics used \bold during drawing is only listed as contents in + metrics used \b during drawing is only listed as contents in the element trees. Note that there are rectangles and pixel metrics that are only used by widgets. This leaves these calculations untreated in the walkthrough. For instance, the @@ -778,53 +778,53 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o State Set When + \li State + \li State Set When \row - \o State_Enabled - \o Set if the widget is not disabled (see + \li State_Enabled + \li Set if the widget is not disabled (see QWidget::setEnabled()) \row - \o State_Focus - \o Set if the widget has focus (see + \li State_Focus + \li Set if the widget has focus (see QWidget::hasFocus()) \row - \o State_KeyobordFocusChange - \o Set when the user changes focus with the keyboard + \li State_KeyobordFocusChange + \li Set when the user changes focus with the keyboard (see Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange) \row - \o State_MouseOver - \o Set if the mouse cursor is over the widget + \li State_MouseOver + \li Set if the mouse cursor is over the widget \row - \o State_Active - \o Set if the widget is a child of the active window. + \li State_Active + \li Set if the widget is a child of the active window. \row - \o State_HasEditFocus - \o Set if the widget has the edit focus + \li State_HasEditFocus + \li Set if the widget has the edit focus \endtable The other common members for widgets are: \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o rect - \o The bounding rectangle of the element to draw. This + \li rect + \li The bounding rectangle of the element to draw. This is set to the widget bounding rectangle (QWidget::rect()). \row - \o direction - \o The layout direction; a value of the + \li direction + \li The layout direction; a value of the Qt::LayoutDirection enum. \row - \o palette - \o The QPalette to use when drawing the element. This + \li palette + \li The QPalette to use when drawing the element. This is set to the widgets palette (QWidget::palette()). \row - \o fontMetrics - \o The QFontMetrics to use when drawing text on the + \li fontMetrics + \li The QFontMetrics to use when drawing text on the widget. \endtable @@ -885,38 +885,38 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o State Set When + \li State + \li State Set When \row - \o State_Sunken - \o Button is down or menu is pressed shown + \li State_Sunken + \li Button is down or menu is pressed shown \row - \o State_On - \o Button is checked + \li State_On + \li Button is checked \row - \o State_Raised - \o Button is not flat and not pressed down + \li State_Raised + \li Button is not flat and not pressed down \endtable Other members of QStyleOptionButton is: \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o features - \o Flags of the QStyleOptionButton::ButtonFeatures enum, + \li features + \li Flags of the QStyleOptionButton::ButtonFeatures enum, which describes various button properties (see enum) \row - \o icon - \o The buttons QIcon (if any) + \li icon + \li The buttons QIcon (if any) \row - \o iconSize - \o The QSize of the icon + \li iconSize + \li The QSize of the icon \row - \o text - \o a QString with the buttons text + \li text + \li a QString with the buttons text \endtable \section3 Check and Radio Buttons @@ -933,21 +933,21 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o State Set When + \li State + \li State Set When \row - \o State_sunken - \o The box is pressed down + \li State_sunken + \li The box is pressed down \row - \o State_NoChange - \o The box is partially checked (for tristate + \li State_NoChange + \li The box is partially checked (for tristate checkboxes.) \row - \o State_On - \o The box is checked + \li State_On + \li The box is checked \row - \o State_Off - \o The box is unchecked + \li State_Off + \li The box is unchecked \endtable See \l{Push Buttons} for a table over other members in the @@ -1017,17 +1017,17 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o State Set When + \li State + \li State Set When \row - \o State_Sunken - \o The tab is pressed on with the mouse. + \li State_Sunken + \li The tab is pressed on with the mouse. \row - \o State_Selected - \o If it is the current tab. + \li State_Selected + \li If it is the current tab. \row - \o State_HasFocus - \o The tab bar has focus and the tab is selected + \li State_HasFocus + \li The tab bar has focus and the tab is selected \endtable Note that individual tabs may be disabled even if the tab bar @@ -1037,38 +1037,38 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o cornerWidgets - \o Is flags of the CornerWidget enum, which indicate + \li cornerWidgets + \li Is flags of the CornerWidget enum, which indicate if and which corner widgets the tab bar has. \row - \o icon - \o The QIcon of the tab + \li icon + \li The QIcon of the tab \row - \o iconSize - \o The QSize of the icon + \li iconSize + \li The QSize of the icon \row - \o position - \o A TabPosition enum value that indicates the tabs + \li position + \li A TabPosition enum value that indicates the tabs position on the bar relative to the other tabs. \row - \o row - \o holds which row the tab is in + \li row + \li holds which row the tab is in \row - \o selectedPosition - \o A value of the SelectedPosition enum that indicates + \li selectedPosition + \li A value of the SelectedPosition enum that indicates whether the selected tab is adjacent to or is the tab. \row - \o shape - \o A value of the QTabBar::Shape enum indication + \li shape + \li A value of the QTabBar::Shape enum indication whether the tab has rounded or triangular corners and the orientation of the tab. \row - \o text - \o The tab text + \li text + \li The tab text \endtable The frame for tab widgets use QStyleOptionTabWidgetFrame as @@ -1077,26 +1077,26 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o content + \li Member + \li content \row - \o leftCornerWidgetSize - \o The QSize of the left corner widget (if any). + \li leftCornerWidgetSize + \li The QSize of the left corner widget (if any). \row - \o rightCornerWidgetSize - \o The QSize of the right corner widget (if any). + \li rightCornerWidgetSize + \li The QSize of the right corner widget (if any). \row - \o lineWidth - \o holds the line with for drawing the panel. + \li lineWidth + \li holds the line with for drawing the panel. \row - \o midLineWith - \o this value is currently always 0. + \li midLineWith + \li this value is currently always 0. \row - \o shape - \o The shape of the tabs on the tab bar. + \li shape + \li The shape of the tabs on the tab bar. \row - \o tabBarSize - \o The QSize of the tab bar. + \li tabBarSize + \li The QSize of the tab bar. \endtable \section3 Scroll Bars @@ -1130,11 +1130,11 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o State Set When + \li State + \li State Set When \row - \o State_Horizontal - \o The scroll bar is horizontal + \li State_Horizontal + \li The scroll bar is horizontal \endtable The style option of QScrollBar is QStyleOptionSlider. Its @@ -1144,43 +1144,43 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o maximum - \o the maximum value of the scroll bar + \li maximum + \li the maximum value of the scroll bar \row - \o minimum - \o the minimum value of the scroll bar + \li minimum + \li the minimum value of the scroll bar \row - \o notchTarget - \o the number of pixels between notches + \li notchTarget + \li the number of pixels between notches \row - \o orientation - \o a value of the Qt::Orientation enum that specifies + \li orientation + \li a value of the Qt::Orientation enum that specifies whether the scroll bar is vertical or horizontal \row - \o pageStep - \o the number to increase or decrease the sliders + \li pageStep + \li the number to increase or decrease the sliders value (relative to the size of the slider and its value range) on page steps. \row - \o singleStep - \o the number to increase or decrease the sliders + \li singleStep + \li the number to increase or decrease the sliders value on single (or line) steps \row - \o sliderValue - \o The value of the slider + \li sliderValue + \li The value of the slider \row - \o sliderPosition - \o the position of the slider handle. This is the same + \li sliderPosition + \li the position of the slider handle. This is the same as \c sliderValue if the scroll bar is QAbstractSlider::tracking. If not, the scroll bar does not update its value before the mouse releases the handle. \row - \o upsideDown - \o holds the direction in which the scroll bar + \li upsideDown + \li holds the direction in which the scroll bar increases its value. This is used instead of QStyleOption::direction for all abstract sliders. \endtable @@ -1207,42 +1207,42 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o maximum - \o the maximum value of the slider + \li maximum + \li the maximum value of the slider \row - \o minimum - \o the minimum value of the slider + \li minimum + \li the minimum value of the slider \row - \o notchTarget - \o this is the number of pixels between each notch + \li notchTarget + \li this is the number of pixels between each notch \row - \o orientation - \o a Qt::Orientation enum value that gives whether the + \li orientation + \li a Qt::Orientation enum value that gives whether the slider is vertical or horizontal. \row - \o pageStep - \o a number in slider value to increase or decrease + \li pageStep + \li a number in slider value to increase or decrease for page steps \row - \o singleStep - \o the number to increase or decrease the sliders + \li singleStep + \li the number to increase or decrease the sliders value on single (or line) steps. \row - \o sliderValue - \o the value of the slider. + \li sliderValue + \li the value of the slider. \row - \o sliderPosition - \o the position of the slider given as a slider value. + \li sliderPosition + \li the position of the slider given as a slider value. This will be equal to the \c sliderValue if the slider is \l{QAbstractSlider::}{tracking}; if not, the sliders value will not change until the handle is released with the mouse. \row - \o upsideDown - \o this member is used instead of QStyleOption::direction + \li upsideDown + \li this member is used instead of QStyleOption::direction for all abstract sliders. \endtable @@ -1270,11 +1270,11 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o State Set When + \li State + \li State Set When \row - \o State_Sunken - \o Is set if one of the sub controls CC_SpinUp or + \li State_Sunken + \li Is set if one of the sub controls CC_SpinUp or CC_SpinDown is pressed on with the mouse. \endtable @@ -1282,19 +1282,19 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Property - \o Function + \li Property + \li Function \row - \o frame - \o boolean that is true if the spin box is to draw a + \li frame + \li boolean that is true if the spin box is to draw a frame. \row - \o buttonSymbols - \o Value of the ButtonSymbols enum that decides the + \li buttonSymbols + \li Value of the ButtonSymbols enum that decides the symbol on the up/down buttons. \row - \o stepEnabled - \o A value of the StepEnabled indication which of the + \li stepEnabled + \li A value of the StepEnabled indication which of the spin box buttons are pressed down. \endtable @@ -1326,21 +1326,21 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o icon - \o The title bars icon + \li icon + \li The title bars icon \row - \o text - \o the text for the title bar's label + \li text + \li the text for the title bar's label \row - \o windowFlags - \o flags of the Qt::WindowFlag enum. The window flags + \li windowFlags + \li flags of the Qt::WindowFlag enum. The window flags used by QMdiArea for window management. \row - \o titleBarState - \o this is the QWidget::windowState() of the window + \li titleBarState + \li this is the QWidget::windowState() of the window that contains the title bar. \endtable @@ -1374,44 +1374,44 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o Set When + \li State + \li Set When \row - \o State_Selected - \o The box is not editable and has focus + \li State_Selected + \li The box is not editable and has focus \row - \o State_Sunken - \o SC_ComboBoxArrow is active + \li State_Sunken + \li SC_ComboBoxArrow is active \row - \o State_on - \o The container (list) of the box is visible + \li State_on + \li The container (list) of the box is visible \endtable The style options other members are: \table \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o currentIcon - \o the icon of the current (selected) item of the + \li currentIcon + \li the icon of the current (selected) item of the combo box. \row - \o currentText - \o the text of the current item in the box. + \li currentText + \li the text of the current item in the box. \row - \o editable - \o holds whether the combo box is editable or not + \li editable + \li holds whether the combo box is editable or not \row - \o frame - \o holds whether the combo box has a frame or not + \li frame + \li holds whether the combo box has a frame or not \row - \o iconSize - \o the size of the current items icon. + \li iconSize + \li the size of the current items icon. \row - \o popupRect - \o the bounding rectangle of the combo box's popup + \li popupRect + \li the bounding rectangle of the combo box's popup list. \endtable @@ -1438,42 +1438,42 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o Set When + \li State + \li Set When \row - \o State_On - \o The check box is checked + \li State_On + \li The check box is checked \row - \o State_Sunken - \o The checkbox is pressed down + \li State_Sunken + \li The checkbox is pressed down \row - \o State_Off - \o The check box is unchecked (or there is no check box) + \li State_Off + \li The check box is unchecked (or there is no check box) \endtable The remaining members of QStyleOptionGroupBox are: \table \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o features - \o flags of the QStyleOptionFrameV2::FrameFeatures + \li features + \li flags of the QStyleOptionFrameV2::FrameFeatures enum describing the frame of the group box. \row - \o lineWidth - \o the line width with which to draw the panel. This + \li lineWidth + \li the line width with which to draw the panel. This is always 1. \row - \o text - \o the text of the group box. + \li text + \li the text of the group box. \row - \o textAlignment - \o the alignment of the group box title + \li textAlignment + \li the alignment of the group box title \row - \o textColor - \o the QColor of the text + \li textColor + \li the QColor of the text \endtable \section3 Splitters @@ -1487,11 +1487,11 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o Set When + \li State + \li Set When \row - \o State_Horizontal - \o Set if it is a horizontal splitter + \li State_Horizontal + \li Set if it is a horizontal splitter \endtable QSplitter does not use \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()} to set up its @@ -1517,36 +1517,36 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o minimum - \o The minimum value of the bar + \li minimum + \li The minimum value of the bar \row - \o maximum - \o The maximum value of the bar + \li maximum + \li The maximum value of the bar \row - \o progress - \o The current value of the bar + \li progress + \li The current value of the bar \row - \o textAlignment - \o How the text is aligned in the label + \li textAlignment + \li How the text is aligned in the label \row - \o textVisible - \o Whether the label is drawn + \li textVisible + \li Whether the label is drawn \row - \o text - \o The label text + \li text + \li The label text \row - \o orientation - \o Progress bars can be vertical or horizontal + \li orientation + \li Progress bars can be vertical or horizontal \row - \o invertedAppearance - \o The progress is inverted (i.e., right to left in a + \li invertedAppearance + \li The progress is inverted (i.e., right to left in a horizontal bar) \row - \o bottomToTop - \o Boolean that if true, turns the label of vertical + \li bottomToTop + \li Boolean that if true, turns the label of vertical progress bars 90 degrees. \endtable @@ -1578,58 +1578,58 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o Set When + \li State + \li Set When \row - \o State_AutoRise - \o the tool button has the autoRise property set + \li State_AutoRise + \li the tool button has the autoRise property set \row - \o State_raised - \o the button is not sunken (i.e., by being checked or + \li State_raised + \li the button is not sunken (i.e., by being checked or pressed on with the mouse). \row - \o State_Sunken - \o the button is down + \li State_Sunken + \li the button is down \row - \o State_On - \o the button is checkable and checked. + \li State_On + \li the button is checkable and checked. \endtable QStyleOptionToolButton also contains the following members: \table \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o arrowType - \o a Qt::ArrowType enum value, which contains the + \li arrowType + \li a Qt::ArrowType enum value, which contains the direction of the buttons arrow (if an arrow is to be used in place of an icon) \row - \o features - \o flags of the QStyleOptionToolButton::ButtonFeature + \li features + \li flags of the QStyleOptionToolButton::ButtonFeature enum describing if the button has an arrow, a menu, and/or has a popup-delay. \row - \o font - \o the QFont of the buttons label + \li font + \li the QFont of the buttons label \row - \o icon - \o the QIcon of the tool button + \li icon + \li the QIcon of the tool button \row - \o iconSize - \o the icon size of the button's icon + \li iconSize + \li the icon size of the button's icon \row - \o pos - \o the position of the button, as given by + \li pos + \li the position of the button, as given by QWidget::pos() \row - \o text - \o the text of the button + \li text + \li the text of the button \row - \o toolButtonStyle - \o a Qt::ToolButtonStyle enum value which decides + \li toolButtonStyle + \li a Qt::ToolButtonStyle enum value which decides whether the button shows the icon, the text, or both. \endtable @@ -1677,29 +1677,29 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o features - \o Holds whether the bar is movable in a value of the + \li features + \li Holds whether the bar is movable in a value of the ToolBarFeature, which is either Movable or None. \row - \o lineWidth - \o The width of the tool bar frame. + \li lineWidth + \li The width of the tool bar frame. \row - \o midLineWidth - \o This variable is currently not used and is always + \li midLineWidth + \li This variable is currently not used and is always 0. \row - \o positionOfLine - \o The position of the toolbar line within the toolbar + \li positionOfLine + \li The position of the toolbar line within the toolbar area to which it belongs. \row - \o positionWithinLine - \o The position of the toolbar within the toolbar line. + \li positionWithinLine + \li The position of the toolbar within the toolbar line. \row - \o toolBarArea - \o The toolbar area in which the toolbar lives. + \li toolBarArea + \li The toolbar area in which the toolbar lives. \endtable \section3 Menus @@ -1740,61 +1740,61 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o Set When + \li State + \li Set When \row - \o State_Selected - \o The mouse is over the action and the action is not + \li State_Selected + \li The mouse is over the action and the action is not a separator. \row - \o State_Sunken - \o The mouse is pressed down on the menu item. + \li State_Sunken + \li The mouse is pressed down on the menu item. \row - \o State_DownArrow - \o Set if the menu item is a menu scroller and it scrolls + \li State_DownArrow + \li Set if the menu item is a menu scroller and it scrolls the menu downwards. \endtable \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o checkType - \o A value of the \l{QStyleOptionMenuItem::}{CheckType} enum, + \li checkType + \li A value of the \l{QStyleOptionMenuItem::}{CheckType} enum, which is either NotCheckable, Exclusive, or NonExclusive. \row - \o checked - \o Boolean that is true if the menu item is checked. + \li checked + \li Boolean that is true if the menu item is checked. \row - \o font - \o The QFont to use for the menu item's text. + \li font + \li The QFont to use for the menu item's text. \row - \o icon - \o the QIcon of the menu item. + \li icon + \li the QIcon of the menu item. \row - \o maxIconWidth - \o The maximum width allowed for the icon + \li maxIconWidth + \li The maximum width allowed for the icon \row - \o menuHasChecableItem - \o Boolean which is true if at least one item in the + \li menuHasChecableItem + \li Boolean which is true if at least one item in the menu is checkable. \row - \o menuItemType - \o The type of the menu item. This a value of the + \li menuItemType + \li The type of the menu item. This a value of the \l{QStyleOptionMenuItem::}{MenuItemType}. \row - \o menuRect - \o The bounding rectangle for the QMenu that the menu + \li menuRect + \li The bounding rectangle for the QMenu that the menu item lives in. \row - \o tabWidth - \o This is the distance between the text of the menu + \li tabWidth + \li This is the distance between the text of the menu item and the shortcut. \row - \o text - \o The text of the menu item. + \li text + \li The text of the menu item. \endtable The setup of the style option for CE_MenuTearOff and @@ -1825,18 +1825,18 @@ \table \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o menuRect - \o the bounding rectangle of the entire menu bar to + \li menuRect + \li the bounding rectangle of the entire menu bar to which the item belongs. \row - \o text - \o the text of the item + \li text + \li the text of the item \row - \o icon - \o the icon of the menu item (it is not common that + \li icon + \li the icon of the menu item (it is not common that styles draw this icon) \endtable @@ -1874,44 +1874,44 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o icon - \o the icon of the header (for section that is being + \li icon + \li the icon of the header (for section that is being drawn). \row - \o iconAlignment - \o the alignment (Qt::Alignment) of the icon in the header. + \li iconAlignment + \li the alignment (Qt::Alignment) of the icon in the header. \row - \o orientation - \o a Qt::Orientation value deciding whether the header + \li orientation + \li a Qt::Orientation value deciding whether the header is the horizontal header above the view or the vertical header on the left. \row - \o position - \o a QStyleOptionHeader::SectionPosition value + \li position + \li a QStyleOptionHeader::SectionPosition value giving the header section's position relative to the other sections. \row - \o section - \o holds the section that is being drawn. + \li section + \li holds the section that is being drawn. \row - \o selectedPosition - \o a QStyleOptionHeader::SelectedPosition value giving + \li selectedPosition + \li a QStyleOptionHeader::SelectedPosition value giving the selected section's position relative to the section that is being painted. \row - \o sortIndicator - \o a QStyleOptionHeader::SortIndicator value that + \li sortIndicator + \li a QStyleOptionHeader::SortIndicator value that describes the direction in which the section's sort indicator should be drawn. \row - \o text - \o the text of the currently drawn section. + \li text + \li the text of the currently drawn section. \row - \o textAlignment - \o the Qt::Alignment of the text within the + \li textAlignment + \li the Qt::Alignment of the text within the headersection. \endtable @@ -1927,22 +1927,22 @@ \table 90% \header - \o State - \o Set When + \li State + \li Set When \row - \o State_Sibling - \o the node in the tree has a sibling (i.e., there is + \li State_Sibling + \li the node in the tree has a sibling (i.e., there is another node in the same column). \row - \o State_Item - \o this branch indicator has an item. + \li State_Item + \li this branch indicator has an item. \row - \o State_Children - \o the branch has children (i.e., a new sub-tree can + \li State_Children + \li the branch has children (i.e., a new sub-tree can be opened at the branch). \row - \o State_Open - \o the branch indicator has an opened sub-tree. + \li State_Open + \li the branch indicator has an opened sub-tree. \endtable The tree view (and tree widget) use the style to draw the branches @@ -1986,14 +1986,14 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o icon - \o the icon on the toolbox tab + \li icon + \li the icon on the toolbox tab \row - \o text - \o the text on the toolbox tab + \li text + \li the text on the toolbox tab \endtable \section3 Size Grip @@ -2014,11 +2014,11 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o corner - \o a Qt::Corner value that describe which corner in a + \li corner + \li a Qt::Corner value that describe which corner in a window (or equivalent) the grip is located. \endtable @@ -2038,15 +2038,15 @@ \table \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o opaque - \o boolean that is true if the rubber band must be + \li opaque + \li boolean that is true if the rubber band must be drawn in an opaque style (i.e., color) \row - \o shape - \o a QRubberBand::Shape enum value that holds the + \li shape + \li a QRubberBand::Shape enum value that holds the shape of the band (which is either a rectangle or a line) \endtable @@ -2076,24 +2076,24 @@ \table 90% \header - \o Member - \o Content + \li Member + \li Content \row - \o closeable - \o boolean that holds whether the dock window can be + \li closeable + \li boolean that holds whether the dock window can be closed \row - \o floatable - \o boolean that holds whether the dock window can + \li floatable + \li boolean that holds whether the dock window can float (i.e., detach from the main window in which it lives) \row - \o movable - \o boolean that holds whether the window is movable + \li movable + \li boolean that holds whether the window is movable (i.e., can move to other dock widget areas) \row - \o title - \o the title text of the dock window + \li title + \li the title text of the dock window \endtable For the buttons, QStyleOptionButton is used (see \l{Tool Buttons} diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/stylesheet.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/stylesheet.qdoc index a0a8652eaf..eaedb847c8 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/stylesheet.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/stylesheet.qdoc @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ Topics: \list - \i \l{Overview} - \i \l{The Style Sheet Syntax} - \i \l{Qt Designer Integration} - \i \l{Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets} - \i \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference} - \i \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples} + \li \l{Overview} + \li \l{The Style Sheet Syntax} + \li \l{Qt Designer Integration} + \li \l{Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets} + \li \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference} + \li \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples} \endlist \target overview @@ -111,17 +111,17 @@ will. \table - \row \o \inlineimage stylesheet-coffee-xp.png - \o \inlineimage stylesheet-pagefold.png - \row \o Coffee theme running on Windows XP - \o Pagefold theme running on Windows XP + \row \li \inlineimage stylesheet-coffee-xp.png + \li \inlineimage stylesheet-pagefold.png + \row \li Coffee theme running on Windows XP + \li Pagefold theme running on Windows XP \endtable \table - \row \o \inlineimage stylesheet-coffee-cleanlooks.png - \o \inlineimage stylesheet-pagefold-mac.png - \row \o Coffee theme running on Ubuntu Linux - \o Pagefold theme running on Mac OS X + \row \li \inlineimage stylesheet-coffee-cleanlooks.png + \li \inlineimage stylesheet-pagefold-mac.png + \row \li Coffee theme running on Ubuntu Linux + \li Pagefold theme running on Mac OS X \endtable When a style sheet is active, the QStyle returned by QWidget::style() @@ -199,24 +199,24 @@ \table 100% \header - \o Selector - \o Example - \o Explanation + \li Selector + \li Example + \li Explanation \row - \o Universal Selector - \o \c * - \o Matches all widgets. + \li Universal Selector + \li \c * + \li Matches all widgets. \row - \o Type Selector - \o \c QPushButton - \o Matches instances of QPushButton and of its subclasses. + \li Type Selector + \li \c QPushButton + \li Matches instances of QPushButton and of its subclasses. \row - \o Property Selector - \o \c{QPushButton[flat="false"]} - \o Matches instances of QPushButton that are not + \li Property Selector + \li \c{QPushButton[flat="false"]} + \li Matches instances of QPushButton that are not \l{QPushButton::}{flat}. You may use this selector to test for any Qt \l{Qt's Property System}{property} that supports QVariant::toString() (see the \l{QVariant::}{toString()} @@ -237,29 +237,29 @@ unset the style sheet and set it again. \row - \o Class Selector - \o \c .QPushButton - \o Matches instances of QPushButton, but not of its subclasses. + \li Class Selector + \li \c .QPushButton + \li Matches instances of QPushButton, but not of its subclasses. This is equivalent to \c{*[class~="QPushButton"]}. \row - \o ID \target ID Selector + \li ID \target ID Selector Selector - \o \c{QPushButton#okButton} - \o Matches all QPushButton instances whose + \li \c{QPushButton#okButton} + \li Matches all QPushButton instances whose \l{QObject::objectName}{object name} is \c okButton. \row - \o Descendant Selector - \o \c{QDialog QPushButton} - \o Matches all instances of QPushButton that are descendants + \li Descendant Selector + \li \c{QDialog QPushButton} + \li Matches all instances of QPushButton that are descendants (children, grandchildren, etc.) of a QDialog. \row - \o Child Selector - \o \c{QDialog > QPushButton} - \o Matches all instances of QPushButton that are direct + \li Child Selector + \li \c{QDialog > QPushButton} + \li Matches all instances of QPushButton that are direct children of a QDialog. \endtable @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Sub-Control} for a realistic example. \note With complex widgets such as QComboBox and QScrollBar, if one - property or sub-control is customized, \bold{all} the other properties or + property or sub-control is customized, \b{all} the other properties or sub-controls must be customized as well. \section1 Pseudo-States @@ -436,10 +436,10 @@ \e{A selector's specificity is calculated as follows:} \list - \o \e{count the number of ID attributes in the selector (= a)} - \o \e{count the number of other attributes and pseudo-classes in the selector (= b)} - \o \e{count the number of element names in the selector (= c)} - \o \e{ignore pseudo-elements [i.e., \l{subcontrols}].} + \li \e{count the number of ID attributes in the selector (= a)} + \li \e{count the number of other attributes and pseudo-classes in the selector (= b)} + \li \e{count the number of element names in the selector (= c)} + \li \e{ignore pseudo-elements [i.e., \l{subcontrols}].} \endlist \e{Concatenating the three numbers a-b-c (in a number system with a @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ In classic CSS, when font and color of an item is not explicitly set, it gets automatically inherited from the parent. When using Qt Style Sheets, - a widget does \bold{not} automatically inherit its font and color setting + a widget does \b{not} automatically inherit its font and color setting from its parent widget. For example, consider a QPushButton inside a QGroupBox: @@ -589,11 +589,11 @@ \image stylesheet-boxmodel.png \list - \o The margin falls outside the border. - \o The border is drawn between the margin and the padding. - \o The padding falls inside the border, between the border and + \li The margin falls outside the border. + \li The border is drawn between the margin and the padding. + \li The padding falls inside the border, between the border and the actual contents. - \o The content is what is left from the original widget or + \li The content is what is left from the original widget or subcontrol once we have removed the margin, the border, and the padding. \endlist @@ -636,10 +636,10 @@ The steps to render a rule are as follows: \list - \o Set clip for entire rendering operation (border-radius) - \o Draw the background (background-image) - \o Draw the border (border-image, border) - \o Draw overlay image (image) + \li Set clip for entire rendering operation (border-radius) + \li Draw the background (background-image) + \li Draw the border (border-image, border) + \li Draw overlay image (image) \endlist \target sub controls @@ -650,9 +650,9 @@ followed by the down-arrow sub-control. A QComboBox is thus rendered as follows: \list - \o Render the QComboBox { } rule - \o Render the QComboBox::drop-down { } rule - \o Render the QComboBox::down-arrow { } rule + \li Render the QComboBox { } rule + \li Render the QComboBox::drop-down { } rule + \li Render the QComboBox::down-arrow { } rule \endlist Sub-controls share a parent-child relationship. In the case of QComboBox, @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Once positioned, sub-controls can be styled using the \l{box model}. \note With complex widgets such as QComboBox and QScrollBar, if one - property or sub-control is customized, \bold{all} the other properties or + property or sub-control is customized, \b{all} the other properties or sub-controls must be customized as well. */ @@ -691,12 +691,12 @@ \table 100% \header - \o Widget - \o How to Style + \li Widget + \li How to Style \row - \o QAbstractScrollArea \target qabstractscrollarea-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. + \li QAbstractScrollArea \target qabstractscrollarea-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. All derivatives of QAbstractScrollArea, including QTextEdit, and QAbstractItemView (all item view classes), support @@ -711,8 +711,8 @@ {Customizing QAbstractScrollArea} for an example. \row - \o QCheckBox \target qcheckbox-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. The check indicator can be + \li QCheckBox \target qcheckbox-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The check indicator can be styled using the \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator} subcontrol. By default, the indicator is placed in the Top Left corner of the Contents rectangle of the widget. @@ -725,15 +725,15 @@ {Customizing QCheckBox} for an example. \row - \o QColumnView \target qcolumnview-widget - \o The grip can be styled be using the \l{image-prop}{image} property. + \li QColumnView \target qcolumnview-widget + \li The grip can be styled be using the \l{image-prop}{image} property. The arrow indicators can by styled using the \l{left-arrow-sub}{::left-arrow} subcontrol and the \l{right-arrow-sub}{::right-arrow} subcontrol. \row - \o QComboBox \target qcombobox-widget - \o The frame around the combobox can be styled using the + \li QComboBox \target qcombobox-widget + \li The frame around the combobox can be styled using the \l{box model}. The drop-down button can be styled using the \l{#drop-down-sub}{::drop-down} subcontrol. By default, the drop-down button is placed in the top right corner of the padding @@ -746,16 +746,16 @@ for an example. \row - \o QDateEdit \target qdateedit-widget - \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}. + \li QDateEdit \target qdateedit-widget + \li See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}. \row - \o QDateTimeEdit \target qdatetimeedit-widget - \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}. + \li QDateTimeEdit \target qdatetimeedit-widget + \li See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}. \row - \o QDialog \target qdialog-widget - \o Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}, + \li QDialog \target qdialog-widget + \li Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}, \l{#background-clip-prop}{background-clip} and \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin} properties. @@ -763,13 +763,13 @@ widget. \row - \o QDialogButtonBox \target qdialogbuttonbox-widget - \o The layout of buttons can be altered using the + \li QDialogButtonBox \target qdialogbuttonbox-widget + \li The layout of buttons can be altered using the \l{#button-layout-prop}{button-layout} property. \row - \o QDockWidget \target qdockwidget-widget - \o Supports styling of the title bar and the title bar buttons when docked. + \li QDockWidget \target qdockwidget-widget + \li Supports styling of the title bar and the title bar buttons when docked. The dock widget border can be styled using the \l{#border-prop}{border} property. The \l{#title-sub}{::title} subcontrol can be used to customize @@ -792,12 +792,12 @@ {Customizing QDockWidget} for an example. \row - \o QDoubleSpinBox \target qdoublespinbox-widget - \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}. + \li QDoubleSpinBox \target qdoublespinbox-widget + \li See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}. \row - \o QFrame \target qframe-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. + \li QFrame \target qframe-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. Since 4.3, setting a stylesheet on a QLabel automatically sets the QFrame::frameStyle property to QFrame::StyledPanel. @@ -806,8 +806,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QGroupBox \target qgroupbox-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. The title can be styled using the + \li QGroupBox \target qgroupbox-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The title can be styled using the \l{#title-sub}{::title} subcontrol. By default, the title is placed depending on QGroupBox::textAlignment. @@ -821,8 +821,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QHeaderView \target qheaderview-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. The sections of the header view are + \li QHeaderView \target qheaderview-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The sections of the header view are styled using the \l{#section-sub}{::section} sub control. The \c{section} Sub-control supports the \l{#middle-ps}{:middle}, \l{#first-ps}{:first}, \l{#last-ps}{:last}, @@ -839,8 +839,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QLabel \target qlabel-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. Does not support the + \li QLabel \target qlabel-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. Does not support the \l{#hover-ps}{:hover} pseudo-state. Since 4.3, setting a stylesheet on a QLabel automatically @@ -850,8 +850,8 @@ example (a QLabel derives from QFrame). \row - \o QLineEdit \target qlineedit-widget - \o Support the \l{box model}. + \li QLineEdit \target qlineedit-widget + \li Support the \l{box model}. The color and background of the selected item is styled using \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and @@ -866,8 +866,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QListView \target qlistview-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. When + \li QListView \target qlistview-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. When \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}{alternating row colors} is enabled, the alternating colors can be styled using the \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color} @@ -891,12 +891,12 @@ {Customzing QListView} for an example. \row - \o QListWidget \target qlistwidget-widget - \o See \l{#qlistview-widget}{QListView}. + \li QListWidget \target qlistwidget-widget + \li See \l{#qlistview-widget}{QListView}. \row - \o QMainWindow \target qmainwindow-widget - \o Supports styling of the separator + \li QMainWindow \target qmainwindow-widget + \li Supports styling of the separator The separator in a QMainWindow when using QDockWidget is styled using the \l{#separator-sub}{::separator} subcontrol. @@ -905,8 +905,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QMenu \target qmenu-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. + \li QMenu \target qmenu-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. Individual items are styled using the \l{#item-sub}{::item} subcontrol. In addition to the usually supported pseudo states, @@ -933,8 +933,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QMenuBar \target qmenubar-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. The \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing} + \li QMenuBar \target qmenubar-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing} property specifies the spacing between menu items. Individual items are styled using the \l{#item-sub}{::item} subcontrol. @@ -946,14 +946,14 @@ for an example. \row - \o QMessageBox \target qmessagebox-widget - \o The \l{#messagebox-text-interaction-flags-prop} + \li QMessageBox \target qmessagebox-widget + \li The \l{#messagebox-text-interaction-flags-prop} {messagebox-text-interaction-flags} property can be used to alter the interaction with text in the message box. \row - \o QProgressBar \target qprogressbar-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. The chunks of the progress bar + \li QProgressBar \target qprogressbar-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The chunks of the progress bar can be styled using the \l{#chunk-sub}{::chunk} subcontrol. The chunk is displayed on the Contents rectangle of the widget. @@ -967,8 +967,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QPushButton \target qpushbutton-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. Supports the \l{#default-ps}{:default}, + \li QPushButton \target qpushbutton-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. Supports the \l{#default-ps}{:default}, \l{#flat-ps}{:flat}, \l{#checked-ps}{:checked} pseudo states. For QPushButton with a menu, the menu indicator is styled @@ -988,8 +988,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QRadioButton \target qradiobutton-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. The check indicator can be + \li QRadioButton \target qradiobutton-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The check indicator can be styled using the \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator} subcontrol. By default, the indicator is placed in the Top Left corner of the Contents rectangle of the widget. @@ -1002,8 +1002,8 @@ {Customizing QRadioButton} for an example. \row - \o QScrollBar \target qscrollbar-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. The Contents rectangle of the widget + \li QScrollBar \target qscrollbar-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The Contents rectangle of the widget is considered to be the groove over which the slider moves. The extent of the QScrollBar (i.e the width or the height depending on the orientation) is set using the \l{#width-prop}{width} or \l{#height-prop}{height} property @@ -1037,8 +1037,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QSizeGrip \target qsizegrip-widget - \o Supports the \l{#width-prop}{width}, + \li QSizeGrip \target qsizegrip-widget + \li Supports the \l{#width-prop}{width}, \l{#height-prop}{height}, and \l{#image-prop}{image} properties. @@ -1046,8 +1046,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QSlider \target qslider-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. For horizontal slides, the + \li QSlider \target qslider-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. For horizontal slides, the \l{min-width-prop}{min-width} and \l{height-prop}{height} properties must be provided. For vertical sliders, the \l{min-height-prop}{min-height} and \l{width-prop}{width} @@ -1064,8 +1064,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QSpinBox \target qspinbox-widget - \o The frame of the spin box can be styled using the \l{box + \li QSpinBox \target qspinbox-widget + \li The frame of the spin box can be styled using the \l{box model}. The up button and arrow can be styled using the @@ -1090,16 +1090,16 @@ for an example. \row - \o QSplitter \target qsplitter-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. The handle of the splitter + \li QSplitter \target qsplitter-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The handle of the splitter is styled using the \l{#handle-sub}{::handle} subcontrol. See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QSplitter}{Customizing QSplitter} for an example. \row - \o QStatusBar \target qstatusbar-widget - \o Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop} + \li QStatusBar \target qstatusbar-widget + \li Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop} {background} property. The frame for individual items can be style using the \l{#item-sub}{::item} subcontrol. @@ -1108,8 +1108,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QTabBar \target qtabbar-widget - \o Individual tabs may be styled using the \l{#tab-sub}{::tab} subcontrol. + \li QTabBar \target qtabbar-widget + \li Individual tabs may be styled using the \l{#tab-sub}{::tab} subcontrol. Close buttons using the \l{#close-button-sub}{::close-button} The tabs support the \l{#only-one-ps}{:only-one}, \l{#first-ps}{:first}, @@ -1143,8 +1143,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QTabWidget \target qtabwidget-widget - \o The frame of the tab widget is styled using the + \li QTabWidget \target qtabwidget-widget + \li The frame of the tab widget is styled using the \l{#pane-sub}{::pane} subcontrol. The left and right corners are styled using the \l{#left-corner-sub}{::left-corner} and \l{#right-corner-sub}{::right-corner} respectively. @@ -1163,8 +1163,8 @@ {Customizing QTabWidget} for an example. \row - \o QTableView \target qtableview-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. When + \li QTableView \target qtableview-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. When \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}{alternating row colors} is enabled, the alternating colors can be styled using the \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color} @@ -1194,12 +1194,12 @@ {Customzing QTableView} for an example. \row - \o QTableWidget \target qtablewidget-widget - \o See \l{#qtableview-widget}{QTableView}. + \li QTableWidget \target qtablewidget-widget + \li See \l{#qtableview-widget}{QTableView}. \row - \o QTextEdit \target qtextedit-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. + \li QTextEdit \target qtextedit-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The color and background of selected text is styled using \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and @@ -1210,12 +1210,12 @@ style scrollable backgrounds. \row - \o QTimeEdit \target qtimeedit-widget - \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}. + \li QTimeEdit \target qtimeedit-widget + \li See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}. \row - \o QToolBar \target qtoolbar-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. + \li QToolBar \target qtoolbar-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The \l{#top-ps}{:top}, \l{#left-ps}{:left}, \l{#right-ps}{:right}, \l{#bottom-ps}{:bottom} pseudo states depending on the area in @@ -1236,8 +1236,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QToolButton \target qtoolbutton-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. + \li QToolButton \target qtoolbutton-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. If the QToolButton has a menu, is \l{#menu-indicator-sub}{::menu-indicator} subcontrol can be used to @@ -1266,8 +1266,8 @@ for an example. \row - \o QToolBox \target qtoolbox-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. + \li QToolBox \target qtoolbox-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The individual tabs can by styled using the \l{#tab-sub}{::tab} subcontrol. The tabs support the @@ -1278,16 +1278,16 @@ \l{#selected-ps}{:selected} pseudo states. \row - \o QToolTip \target qtooltip-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. The \l{#opacity-prop}{opacity} + \li QToolTip \target qtooltip-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. The \l{#opacity-prop}{opacity} property controls the opacity of the tooltip. See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QFrame}{Customizing QFrame} for an example (a QToolTip is a QFrame). \row - \o QTreeView \target qtreeview-widget - \o Supports the \l{box model}. When + \li QTreeView \target qtreeview-widget + \li Supports the \l{box model}. When \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}{alternating row colors} is enabled, the alternating colors can be styled using the \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color} @@ -1317,12 +1317,12 @@ for an example to style the branches. \row - \o QTreeWidget \target qtreewidget-widget - \o See \l{#qtreeview-widget}{QTreeView}. + \li QTreeWidget \target qtreewidget-widget + \li See \l{#qtreeview-widget}{QTreeView}. \row - \o QWidget \target qwidget-widget - \o Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}, + \li QWidget \target qwidget-widget + \li Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}, \l{#background-clip-prop}{background-clip} and \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin} properties. @@ -1348,14 +1348,14 @@ \table 100% \header - \o Property - \o Type - \o Description + \li Property + \li Type + \li Description \row - \o \bold{\c alternate-background-color} \target alternate-background-color-prop - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR - \o The \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors} + \li \b{\c alternate-background-color} \target alternate-background-color-prop + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li The \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors} {alternate background color} used in QAbstractItemView subclasses. If this property is not set, the default value is @@ -1370,9 +1370,9 @@ \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}. \row - \o \bold{\c background} \target background-prop - \o \l{#Background}{Background} - \o Shorthand notation for setting the background. Equivalent + \li \b{\c background} \target background-prop + \li \l{#Background}{Background} + \li Shorthand notation for setting the background. Equivalent to specifying \c background-color, \c background-image, \c background-repeat, and/or \c background-position. @@ -1404,18 +1404,18 @@ and \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color}. \row - \o \c background-color \target background-color-prop - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR - \o The background color used for the widget. + \li \c background-color \target background-color-prop + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li The background color used for the widget. Examples: \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 36 \row - \o \c background-image \target background-image-prop - \o \l{#Url}{Url} - \o The background image used for the widget. Semi-transparent + \li \c background-image \target background-image-prop + \li \l{#Url}{Url} + \li The background image used for the widget. Semi-transparent parts of the image let the \c background-color shine through. @@ -1424,9 +1424,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 37 \row - \o \c background-repeat \target background-repeat-prop - \o \l{#Repeat}{Repeat} - \o Whether and how the background image is repeated to fill + \li \c background-repeat \target background-repeat-prop + \li \l{#Repeat}{Repeat} + \li Whether and how the background image is repeated to fill the \c background-origin rectangle. If this property is not specified, the background image @@ -1437,9 +1437,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 38 \row - \o \c background-position - \o \l{#Alignment}{Alignment} - \o The alignment of the background image within the \c + \li \c background-position + \li \l{#Alignment}{Alignment} + \li The alignment of the background image within the \c background-origin rectangle. If this property is not specified, the alignment is \c @@ -1450,9 +1450,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 39 \row - \o \bold{\c background-attachment} \target background-attachment-prop - \o \l{#Attachment}{Attachment} - \o Determines whether the background-image in a QAbstractScrollArea + \li \b{\c background-attachment} \target background-attachment-prop + \li \l{#Attachment}{Attachment} + \li Determines whether the background-image in a QAbstractScrollArea is scrolled or fixed with respect to the viewport. By default, the background-image scrolls with the viewport. @@ -1463,9 +1463,9 @@ See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background} \row - \o \bold{\c background-clip} \target background-clip-prop - \o \l{#Origin}{Origin} - \o The widget's rectangle, in which the \c background is drawn. + \li \b{\c background-clip} \target background-clip-prop + \li \l{#Origin}{Origin} + \li The widget's rectangle, in which the \c background is drawn. This property specifies the rectangle to which the \c background-color and \c background-image are clipped. @@ -1487,9 +1487,9 @@ \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin} and \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \bold{\c background-origin} \target background-origin-prop - \o \l{#Origin}{Origin} - \o The widget's background rectangle, to use in conjunction + \li \b{\c background-origin} \target background-origin-prop + \li \l{#Origin}{Origin} + \li The widget's background rectangle, to use in conjunction with \c background-position and \c background-image. This property is supported by QAbstractItemView @@ -1509,9 +1509,9 @@ \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \bold{\c border} \target border-prop - \o \l{#Border}{Border} - \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's border. Equivalent + \li \b{\c border} \target border-prop + \li \l{#Border}{Border} + \li Shorthand notation for setting the widget's border. Equivalent to specifying \c border-color, \c border-style, and/or \c border-width. @@ -1526,38 +1526,38 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 43 \row - \o \c border-top - \o \l{#Border}{Border} - \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's top border. + \li \c border-top + \li \l{#Border}{Border} + \li Shorthand notation for setting the widget's top border. Equivalent to specifying \c border-top-color, \c border-top-style, and/or \c border-top-width. \row - \o \c border-right - \o \l{#Border}{Border} - \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's right border. + \li \c border-right + \li \l{#Border}{Border} + \li Shorthand notation for setting the widget's right border. Equivalent to specifying \c border-right-color, \c border-right-style, and/or \c border-right-width. \row - \o \c border-bottom - \o \l{#Border}{Border} - \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's bottom border. + \li \c border-bottom + \li \l{#Border}{Border} + \li Shorthand notation for setting the widget's bottom border. Equivalent to specifying \c border-bottom-color, \c border-bottom-style, and/or \c border-bottom-width. \row - \o \c border-left - \o \l{#Border}{Border} - \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's left border. + \li \c border-left + \li \l{#Border}{Border} + \li Shorthand notation for setting the widget's left border. Equivalent to specifying \c border-left-color, \c border-left-style, and/or \c border-left-width. \row - \o \bold{\c border-color} \target border-attrs + \li \b{\c border-color} \target border-attrs \target border-color-prop - \o \l{#Box Colors}{Box Colors} - \o The color of all the border's edges. Equivalent to + \li \l{#Box Colors}{Box Colors} + \li The color of all the border's edges. Equivalent to specifying \c border-top-color, \c border-right-color, \c border-bottom-color, and \c border-left-color. @@ -1580,29 +1580,29 @@ \l{#border-image-prop}{border-image}, and \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \c border-top-color - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR - \o The color of the border's top edge. + \li \c border-top-color + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li The color of the border's top edge. \row - \o \c border-right-color - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR - \o The color of the border's right edge. + \li \c border-right-color + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li The color of the border's right edge. \row - \o \c border-bottom-color - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR - \o The color of the border's bottom edge. + \li \c border-bottom-color + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li The color of the border's bottom edge. \row - \o \c border-left-color - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR - \o The color of the border's left edge. + \li \c border-left-color + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li The color of the border's left edge. \row - \o \bold{\c border-image} \target border-image-prop - \o \l{#Border Image}{Border Image} - \o The image used to fill the border. The image is cut into + \li \b{\c border-image} \target border-image-prop + \li \l{#Border Image}{Border Image} + \li The image used to fill the border. The image is cut into nine parts and stretched appropriately if necessary. See \l{#Border Image}{Border Image} for details. @@ -1618,9 +1618,9 @@ \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \bold{\c border-radius} \target border-radius-prop - \o \l{#Radius}{Radius} - \o The radius of the border's corners. Equivalent to + \li \b{\c border-radius} \target border-radius-prop + \li \l{#Radius}{Radius} + \li The radius of the border's corners. Equivalent to specifying \c border-top-left-radius, \c border-top-right-radius, \c border-bottom-right-radius, and \c border-bottom-left-radius. @@ -1644,32 +1644,32 @@ \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \c border-top-left-radius - \o \l{#Radius}{Radius} - \o The radius of the border's top-left corner. + \li \c border-top-left-radius + \li \l{#Radius}{Radius} + \li The radius of the border's top-left corner. \row - \o \c border-top-right-radius - \o \l{#Radius}{Radius} - \o The radius of the border's top-right corner. + \li \c border-top-right-radius + \li \l{#Radius}{Radius} + \li The radius of the border's top-right corner. \row - \o \c border-bottom-right-radius - \o \l{#Radius}{Radius} - \o The radius of the border's bottom-right corner. Setting + \li \c border-bottom-right-radius + \li \l{#Radius}{Radius} + \li The radius of the border's bottom-right corner. Setting this property to a positive value results in a rounded corner. \row - \o \c border-bottom-left-radius - \o \l{#Radius}{Radius} - \o The radius of the border's bottom-left corner. Setting this + \li \c border-bottom-left-radius + \li \l{#Radius}{Radius} + \li The radius of the border's bottom-left corner. Setting this property to a positive value results in a rounded corner. \row - \o \bold{\c border-style} \target border-style-prop - \o \l {Border Style} - \o The style of all the border's edges. + \li \b{\c border-style} \target border-style-prop + \li \l {Border Style} + \li The style of all the border's edges. This property is supported by QAbstractItemView subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox, @@ -1688,29 +1688,29 @@ \l{#border-image-prop}{border-image}, and \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \c border-top-style - \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} - \o The style of the border's top edge. + \li \c border-top-style + \li \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} + \li The style of the border's top edge. \row - \o \c border-right-style - \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} - \o The style of the border's right edge/ + \li \c border-right-style + \li \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} + \li The style of the border's right edge/ \row - \o \c border-bottom-style - \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} - \o The style of the border's bottom edge. + \li \c border-bottom-style + \li \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} + \li The style of the border's bottom edge. \row - \o \c border-left-style - \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} - \o The style of the border's left edge. + \li \c border-left-style + \li \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} + \li The style of the border's left edge. \row - \o \bold{\c border-width} \target border-width-prop - \o \l{#Box Lengths}{Box Lengths} - \o The width of the border. Equivalent to setting \c + \li \b{\c border-width} \target border-width-prop + \li \l{#Box Lengths}{Box Lengths} + \li The width of the border. Equivalent to setting \c border-top-width, \c border-right-width, \c border-bottom-width, and \c border-left-width. @@ -1731,29 +1731,29 @@ \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \c border-top-width - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The width of the border's top edge. + \li \c border-top-width + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The width of the border's top edge. \row - \o \c border-right-width - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The width of the border's right edge. + \li \c border-right-width + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The width of the border's right edge. \row - \o \c border-bottom-width - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The width of the border's bottom edge. + \li \c border-bottom-width + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The width of the border's bottom edge. \row - \o \c border-left-width - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The width of the border's left edge. + \li \c border-left-width + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The width of the border's left edge. \row - \o \bold{\c bottom} \target bottom-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the + \li \b{\c bottom} \target bottom-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset up; specifying \tt{bottom: \e{y}} is then equivalent to specifying \tt{\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}: -\e{y}}. @@ -1772,9 +1772,9 @@ \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}. \row - \o \bold{\c button-layout} \target button-layout-prop - \o \l{#Number}{Number} - \o The layout of buttons in a QDialogButtonBox or + \li \b{\c button-layout} \target button-layout-prop + \li \l{#Number}{Number} + \li The layout of buttons in a QDialogButtonBox or a QMessageBox. The possible values are 0 (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{WinLayout}), 1 (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{MacLayout}), 2 @@ -1790,9 +1790,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 49 \row - \o \bold{\c color} \target color-prop - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR - \o The color used to render text. + \li \b{\c color} \target color-prop + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li The color used to render text. This property is supported by all widgets that respect the \l QWidget::palette. @@ -1809,9 +1809,9 @@ \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color}. \row - \o \bold{\c dialogbuttonbox-buttons-have-icons} - \o \l{#Boolean}{Boolean} - \o Whether the buttons in a QDialogButtonBox show icons + \li \b{\c dialogbuttonbox-buttons-have-icons} + \li \l{#Boolean}{Boolean} + \li Whether the buttons in a QDialogButtonBox show icons If this property is set to 1, the buttons of a QDialogButtonBox show icons; if it is set to 0, the icons are not shown. @@ -1827,9 +1827,9 @@ \omit \row - \o \bold{\c etch-disabled-text}* - \o \l{#Boolean}{Boolean} - \o Whether disabled text is drawn etched. + \li \b{\c etch-disabled-text}* + \li \l{#Boolean}{Boolean} + \li Whether disabled text is drawn etched. If this property is not specified, it defaults to the value specified by the current style for the @@ -1841,9 +1841,9 @@ \endomit \row - \o \bold{\c font} \target font-prop - \o \l{#Font}{Font} - \o Shorthand notation for setting the text's font. Equivalent + \li \b{\c font} \target font-prop + \li \l{#Font}{Font} + \li Shorthand notation for setting the text's font. Equivalent to specifying \c font-family, \c font-size, \c font-style, and/or \c font-weight. @@ -1858,18 +1858,18 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 53 \row - \o \c font-family - \o String - \o The font family. + \li \c font-family + \li String + \li The font family. Example: \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 54 \row - \o \c font-size - \o \l{#Font Size}{Font Size} - \o The font size. In this version of Qt, only pt and px metrics are + \li \c font-size + \li \l{#Font Size}{Font Size} + \li The font size. In this version of Qt, only pt and px metrics are supported. Example: @@ -1877,23 +1877,23 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 55 \row - \o \c font-style - \o \l {Font Style} - \o The font style. + \li \c font-style + \li \l {Font Style} + \li The font style. Example: \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 56 \row - \o \c font-weight - \o \l{#Font Weight}{Font Weight} - \o The weight of the font. + \li \c font-weight + \li \l{#Font Weight}{Font Weight} + \li The weight of the font. \row - \o \bold{\c gridline-color}* \target gridline-color-prop - \o \l{#Color}{Color} \BR - \o The color of the grid line in a QTableView. + \li \b{\c gridline-color}* \target gridline-color-prop + \li \l{#Color}{Color} \BR + \li The color of the grid line in a QTableView. If this property is not specified, it defaults to the value specified by the current style for the @@ -1904,9 +1904,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 57 \row - \o \bold{\c height} \target height-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The height of a \l{subcontrol} (or in some case, a widget). + \li \b{\c height} \target height-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The height of a \l{subcontrol} (or in some case, a widget). If this property is not specified, it defaults to a value that depends on the subcontrol/widget and on the current style. @@ -1923,27 +1923,27 @@ See also \l{#width-prop}{width}. \row - \o \bold{\c icon-size} \target icon-size-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The width and height of the icon in a widget. + \li \b{\c icon-size} \target icon-size-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The width and height of the icon in a widget. The icon size of the following widgets can be set using this property. \list - \i QCheckBox - \i QListView - \i QPushButton - \i QRadioButton - \i QTabBar - \i QToolBar - \i QToolBox - \i QTreeView + \li QCheckBox + \li QListView + \li QPushButton + \li QRadioButton + \li QTabBar + \li QToolBar + \li QToolBox + \li QTreeView \endlist \row - \o \bold{\c image}* \target image-prop - \o \l{#Url}{Url}+ - \o The image that is drawn in the contents rectangle of a + \li \b{\c image}* \target image-prop + \li \l{#Url}{Url}+ + \li The image that is drawn in the contents rectangle of a \l{subcontrol}. The image property accepts a list of \l{#Url}{Url}s or @@ -1969,15 +1969,15 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 59 \row - \o \bold{\c image-position} \target image-position-prop - \o \l{#Alignment}{alignment} - \o In Qt 4.3 and later, the alignment of the image image's position can be specified + \li \b{\c image-position} \target image-position-prop + \li \l{#Alignment}{alignment} + \li In Qt 4.3 and later, the alignment of the image image's position can be specified using relative or absolute position. \row - \o \bold{\c left} \target left-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the + \li \b{\c left} \target left-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset to the right. @@ -1996,9 +1996,9 @@ \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom}. \row - \o \bold{\c lineedit-password-character*} \target lineedit-password-character-prop - \o \l{#Number}{Number} - \o The QLineEdit password character as a Unicode number. + \li \b{\c lineedit-password-character*} \target lineedit-password-character-prop + \li \l{#Number}{Number} + \li The QLineEdit password character as a Unicode number. If this property is not specified, it defaults to the value specified by the current style for the @@ -2009,9 +2009,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 61 \row - \o \bold{\c margin} \target margin-prop - \o \l {Box Lengths} - \o The widget's margins. Equivalent to specifying \c + \li \b{\c margin} \target margin-prop + \li \l {Box Lengths} + \li The widget's margins. Equivalent to specifying \c margin-top, \c margin-right, \c margin-bottom, and \c margin-left. @@ -2031,29 +2031,29 @@ \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing}, and \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \c margin-top - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's top margin. + \li \c margin-top + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's top margin. \row - \o \c margin-right - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's right margin. + \li \c margin-right + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's right margin. \row - \o \c margin-bottom - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's bottom margin. + \li \c margin-bottom + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's bottom margin. \row - \o \c margin-left - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's left margin. + \li \c margin-left + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's left margin. \row - \o \bold{\c max-height} \target max-height-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's or a subcontrol's maximum height. + \li \b{\c max-height} \target max-height-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's or a subcontrol's maximum height. This property is supported by QAbstractItemView subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox, @@ -2071,9 +2071,9 @@ See also \l{#max-width-prop}{max-width}. \row - \o \bold{\c max-width} \target max-width-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's or a subcontrol's maximum width. + \li \b{\c max-width} \target max-width-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's or a subcontrol's maximum width. This property is supported by QAbstractItemView subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox, @@ -2092,9 +2092,9 @@ \row - \o \bold{\c messagebox-text-interaction-flags*} \target messagebox-text-interaction-flags-prop - \o \l{#Number}{Number} - \o The interaction behavior for text in a message box. + \li \b{\c messagebox-text-interaction-flags*} \target messagebox-text-interaction-flags-prop + \li \l{#Number}{Number} + \li The interaction behavior for text in a message box. Possible values are based on Qt::TextInteractionFlags. If this property is not specified, it defaults to the @@ -2107,9 +2107,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 65 \row - \o \bold{\c min-height} \target min-height-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's or a subcontrol's minimum height. + \li \b{\c min-height} \target min-height-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's or a subcontrol's minimum height. This property is supported by QAbstractItemView subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox, @@ -2130,9 +2130,9 @@ See also \l{#min-width-prop}{min-width}. \row - \o \bold{\c min-width} \target min-width-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's or a subcontrol's minimum width. + \li \b{\c min-width} \target min-width-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's or a subcontrol's minimum width. This property is supported by QAbstractItemView subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox, @@ -2153,9 +2153,9 @@ See also \l{#min-height-prop}{min-height}. \row - \o \bold{\c opacity*} \target opacity-prop - \o \l{#Number}{Number} - \o The opacity for a widget. Possible values are from 0 + \li \b{\c opacity*} \target opacity-prop + \li \l{#Number}{Number} + \li The opacity for a widget. Possible values are from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). For the moment, this is only supported for \l{QToolTip}{tooltips}. @@ -2168,9 +2168,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 68 \row - \o \bold{\c padding} \target padding-prop - \o \l{#Box Lengths}{Box Lengths} - \o The widget's padding. Equivalent to specifying \c + \li \b{\c padding} \target padding-prop + \li \l{#Box Lengths}{Box Lengths} + \li The widget's padding. Equivalent to specifying \c padding-top, \c padding-right, \c padding-bottom, and \c padding-left. @@ -2190,37 +2190,37 @@ \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing}, and \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \c padding-top - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's top padding. + \li \c padding-top + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's top padding. \row - \o \c padding-right - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's right padding. + \li \c padding-right + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's right padding. \row - \o \c padding-bottom - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's bottom padding. + \li \c padding-bottom + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's bottom padding. \row - \o \c padding-left - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The widget's left padding. + \li \c padding-left + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The widget's left padding. \row - \o \bold{\c paint-alternating-row-colors-for-empty-area} + \li \b{\c paint-alternating-row-colors-for-empty-area} \target paint-alternating-row-colors-for-empty-area-prop - \o \c bool - \o Whether the QTreeView paints alternating row colors for the empty + \li \c bool + \li Whether the QTreeView paints alternating row colors for the empty area (i.e the area where there are no items) \row - \o \bold{\c position} \target position-prop - \o \c relative \BR + \li \b{\c position} \target position-prop + \li \c relative \BR | \c absolute - \o Whether offsets specified using \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}, + \li Whether offsets specified using \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}, \l{#right-prop}{right}, \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}, and \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom} are relative or absolute coordinates. @@ -2229,9 +2229,9 @@ relative. \row - \o \bold{\c right} \target right-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the + \li \b{\c right} \target right-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset to the left; specifying \tt{right: \e{x}} is then equivalent to specifying \tt{\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}: -\e{x}}. @@ -2249,9 +2249,9 @@ \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom}. \row - \o \bold{\c selection-background-color*} \target selection-background-color-prop - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR - \o The background of selected text or items. + \li \b{\c selection-background-color*} \target selection-background-color-prop + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li The background of selected text or items. This property is supported by all widgets that respect the \l QWidget::palette and that show selection text. @@ -2268,9 +2268,9 @@ \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}. \row - \o \bold{\c selection-color*} \target selection-color-prop - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR - \o The foreground of selected text or items. + \li \b{\c selection-color*} \target selection-color-prop + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li The foreground of selected text or items. This property is supported by all widgets that respect the \l QWidget::palette and that show selection text. @@ -2288,9 +2288,9 @@ and \l{#color-prop}{color}. \row - \o \bold{\c show-decoration-selected*} \target show-decoration-selected-prop - \o \l{#Boolean}{Boolean} - \o Controls whether selections in a QListView cover the + \li \b{\c show-decoration-selected*} \target show-decoration-selected-prop + \li \l{#Boolean}{Boolean} + \li Controls whether selections in a QListView cover the entire row or just the extent of the text. If this property is not specified, it defaults to the @@ -2303,9 +2303,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 73 \row - \o \bold{\c spacing*} \target spacing-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o Internal spacing in the widget. + \li \b{\c spacing*} \target spacing-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li Internal spacing in the widget. This property is supported by QCheckBox, checkable \l{QGroupBox}es, QMenuBar, and QRadioButton. @@ -2321,9 +2321,9 @@ \l{#margin-prop}{margin}. \row - \o \bold{\c subcontrol-origin*} \target subcontrol-origin-prop - \o \l{#Origin}{Origin} - \o The origin rectangle of the \l subcontrol within the + \li \b{\c subcontrol-origin*} \target subcontrol-origin-prop + \li \l{#Origin}{Origin} + \li The origin rectangle of the \l subcontrol within the parent element. If this property is not specified, the default is \c @@ -2337,9 +2337,9 @@ \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-position-prop}{subcontrol-position}. \row - \o \bold{\c subcontrol-position*} \target subcontrol-position-prop - \o \l{#Alignment}{Alignment} - \o The alignment of the \l subcontrol within the origin + \li \b{\c subcontrol-position*} \target subcontrol-position-prop + \li \l{#Alignment}{Alignment} + \li The alignment of the \l subcontrol within the origin rectangle specified by \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop} {subcontrol-origin}. @@ -2354,9 +2354,9 @@ \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}. \row - \o \bold{\c text-align} \target text-align-prop - \o \l{#Alignment}{Alignment} - \o The alignment of text and icon within the contents of the widget. + \li \b{\c text-align} \target text-align-prop + \li \l{#Alignment}{Alignment} + \li The alignment of text and icon within the contents of the widget. If this value is not specified, it defaults to the value that depends on the native style. @@ -2369,17 +2369,17 @@ and QProgressBar. \row - \o \bold{\c text-decoration} - \o \c none \BR + \li \b{\c text-decoration} + \li \c none \BR \c underline \BR \c overline \BR \c line-through - \o Additional text effects + \li Additional text effects \row - \o \bold{\c top} \target top-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the + \li \b{\c top} \target top-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset down. @@ -2398,9 +2398,9 @@ \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom}. \row - \o \bold{\c width} \target width-prop - \o \l{#Length}{Length} - \o The width of a \l{subcontrol} (or a widget in some cases). + \li \b{\c width} \target width-prop + \li \l{#Length}{Length} + \li The width of a \l{subcontrol} (or a widget in some cases). If this property is not specified, it defaults to a value that depends on the subcontrol/widget and on the current style. @@ -2430,222 +2430,222 @@ \table 100% \header - \o Name - \o QStyle::StandardPixmap + \li Name + \li QStyle::StandardPixmap \row - \o backward-icon - \o QStyle::SP_ArrowBack + \li backward-icon + \li QStyle::SP_ArrowBack \row - \o cd-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DriveCDIcon + \li cd-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DriveCDIcon \row - \o computer-icon - \o QStyle::SP_ComputerIcon + \li computer-icon + \li QStyle::SP_ComputerIcon \row - \o desktop-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DesktopIcon + \li desktop-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DesktopIcon \row - \o dialog-apply-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogApplyButton + \li dialog-apply-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogApplyButton \row - \o dialog-cancel-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogCancelButton + \li dialog-cancel-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogCancelButton \row - \o dialog-close-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogCloseButton + \li dialog-close-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogCloseButton \row - \o dialog-discard-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogDiscardButton + \li dialog-discard-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogDiscardButton \row - \o dialog-help-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogHelpButton + \li dialog-help-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogHelpButton \row - \o dialog-no-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogNoButton + \li dialog-no-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogNoButton \row - \o dialog-ok-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogOkButton + \li dialog-ok-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogOkButton \row - \o dialog-open-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogOpenButton + \li dialog-open-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogOpenButton \row - \o dialog-reset-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogResetButton + \li dialog-reset-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogResetButton \row - \o dialog-save-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogSaveButton + \li dialog-save-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogSaveButton \row - \o dialog-yes-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DialogYesButton + \li dialog-yes-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DialogYesButton \row - \o directory-closed-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DirClosedIcon + \li directory-closed-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DirClosedIcon \row - \o directory-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DirIcon + \li directory-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DirIcon \row - \o directory-link-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DirLinkIcon + \li directory-link-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DirLinkIcon \row - \o directory-open-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DirOpenIcon + \li directory-open-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DirOpenIcon \row - \o dockwidget-close-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DockWidgetCloseButton + \li dockwidget-close-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DockWidgetCloseButton \row - \o downarrow-icon - \o QStyle::SP_ArrowDown + \li downarrow-icon + \li QStyle::SP_ArrowDown \row - \o dvd-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DriveDVDIcon + \li dvd-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DriveDVDIcon \row - \o file-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileIcon + \li file-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileIcon \row - \o file-link-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileLinkIcon + \li file-link-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileLinkIcon \omit \row - \o filedialog-backward-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogBack + \li filedialog-backward-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileDialogBack \endomit \row - \o filedialog-contentsview-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogContentsView + \li filedialog-contentsview-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileDialogContentsView \row - \o filedialog-detailedview-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogDetailedView + \li filedialog-detailedview-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileDialogDetailedView \row - \o filedialog-end-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogEnd + \li filedialog-end-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileDialogEnd \row - \o filedialog-infoview-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogInfoView + \li filedialog-infoview-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileDialogInfoView \row - \o filedialog-listview-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogListView + \li filedialog-listview-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileDialogListView \row - \o filedialog-new-directory-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogNewFolder + \li filedialog-new-directory-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileDialogNewFolder \row - \o filedialog-parent-directory-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogToParent + \li filedialog-parent-directory-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileDialogToParent \row - \o filedialog-start-icon - \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogStart + \li filedialog-start-icon + \li QStyle::SP_FileDialogStart \row - \o floppy-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DriveFDIcon + \li floppy-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DriveFDIcon \row - \o forward-icon - \o QStyle::SP_ArrowForward + \li forward-icon + \li QStyle::SP_ArrowForward \row - \o harddisk-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DriveHDIcon + \li harddisk-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DriveHDIcon \row - \o home-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DirHomeIcon + \li home-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DirHomeIcon \row - \o leftarrow-icon - \o QStyle::SP_ArrowLeft + \li leftarrow-icon + \li QStyle::SP_ArrowLeft \row - \o messagebox-critical-icon - \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxCritical + \li messagebox-critical-icon + \li QStyle::SP_MessageBoxCritical \row - \o messagebox-information-icon - \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxInformation + \li messagebox-information-icon + \li QStyle::SP_MessageBoxInformation \row - \o messagebox-question-icon - \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxQuestion + \li messagebox-question-icon + \li QStyle::SP_MessageBoxQuestion \row - \o messagebox-warning-icon - \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxWarning + \li messagebox-warning-icon + \li QStyle::SP_MessageBoxWarning \row - \o network-icon - \o QStyle::SP_DriveNetIcon + \li network-icon + \li QStyle::SP_DriveNetIcon \row - \o rightarrow-icon - \o QStyle::SP_ArrowRight + \li rightarrow-icon + \li QStyle::SP_ArrowRight \row - \o titlebar-contexthelp-icon - \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarContextHelpButton + \li titlebar-contexthelp-icon + \li QStyle::SP_TitleBarContextHelpButton \row - \o titlebar-maximize-icon - \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarMaxButton + \li titlebar-maximize-icon + \li QStyle::SP_TitleBarMaxButton \row - \o titlebar-menu-icon - \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarMenuButton + \li titlebar-menu-icon + \li QStyle::SP_TitleBarMenuButton \row - \o titlebar-minimize-icon - \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarMinButton + \li titlebar-minimize-icon + \li QStyle::SP_TitleBarMinButton \row - \o titlebar-normal-icon - \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarNormalButton + \li titlebar-normal-icon + \li QStyle::SP_TitleBarNormalButton \row - \o titlebar-shade-icon - \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarShadeButton + \li titlebar-shade-icon + \li QStyle::SP_TitleBarShadeButton \row - \o titlebar-unshade-icon - \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton + \li titlebar-unshade-icon + \li QStyle::SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton \row - \o trash-icon - \o QStyle::SP_TrashIcon + \li trash-icon + \li QStyle::SP_TrashIcon \row - \o uparrow-icon - \o QStyle::SP_ArrowUp + \li uparrow-icon + \li QStyle::SP_ArrowUp \endtable @@ -2656,59 +2656,59 @@ \table 100% \header - \o Type - \o Syntax - \o Description + \li Type + \li Syntax + \li Description \row - \o \bold Alignment \target Alignment - \o \{ \c top \BR + \li \b Alignment \target Alignment + \li \{ \c top \BR | \c bottom \BR | \c left \BR | \c right \BR | \c center \}* - \o Horizontal and/or vertical alignment. + \li Horizontal and/or vertical alignment. Example: \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 80 \row - \o \bold Attachment \target Attachment - \o \{ \c scroll \BR + \li \b Attachment \target Attachment + \li \{ \c scroll \BR | \c fixed \}* - \o Scroll or fixed attachment. + \li Scroll or fixed attachment. \row - \o \bold Background \target Background - \o \{ \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR + \li \b Background \target Background + \li \{ \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR | \l{#Url}{Url} \BR | \l{#Repeat}{Repeat} \BR | \l{#Alignment}{Alignment} \}* - \o A sequence of \l{#Brush}{Brush}, \l{#Url}{Url}, + \li A sequence of \l{#Brush}{Brush}, \l{#Url}{Url}, \l{#Repeat}{Repeat}, and \l{#Alignment}{Alignment}. \row - \o \bold Boolean \target Boolean - \o 0 | 1 - \o True (\c 1) or false (\c 0). + \li \b Boolean \target Boolean + \li 0 | 1 + \li True (\c 1) or false (\c 0). Example: \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 81 \row - \o \bold Border \target Border - \o \{ \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} \BR + \li \b Border \target Border + \li \{ \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} \BR | \l{#Length}{Length} \BR | \l{#Brush}{Brush} \}* - \o Shorthand border property. + \li Shorthand border property. \row - \o \bold{Border Image} \target Border Image - \o \c none \BR + \li \b{Border Image} \target Border Image + \li \c none \BR | \l{Url} \l{Number}\{4\} \BR (\c stretch | \c repeat){0,2} - \o A border image is an image that is composed of nine parts + \li A border image is an image that is composed of nine parts (top left, top center, top right, center left, center, center right, bottom left, bottom center, and bottom right). When a border of a certain size is required, the @@ -2721,8 +2721,8 @@ {CSS3 Draft Specification} for details. \row - \o \bold{Border Style} \target Border Style - \o \c dashed \BR + \li \b{Border Style} \target Border Style + \li \c dashed \BR | \c dot-dash \BR | \c dot-dot-dash \BR | \c dotted \BR @@ -2733,14 +2733,14 @@ | \c ridge \BR | \c solid \BR | \c none - \o Specifies the pattern used to draw a border. + \li Specifies the pattern used to draw a border. See the \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/#border-style} {CSS3 Draft Specification} for details. \row - \o \bold{Box Colors} \target Box Colors - \o \l{#Brush}{Brush}\{1,4\} - \o One to four occurrences of \l{#Brush}{Brush}, specifying the top, + \li \b{Box Colors} \target Box Colors + \li \l{#Brush}{Brush}\{1,4\} + \li One to four occurrences of \l{#Brush}{Brush}, specifying the top, right, bottom, and left edges of a box, respectively. If the left color is not specified, it is taken to be the same as the right color. If the bottom color is not @@ -2753,9 +2753,9 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 82 \row - \o \bold{Box Lengths} \target Box Lengths - \o \l{#Length}{Length}\{1,4\} - \o One to four occurrences of \l{#Length}{Length}, specifying the + \li \b{Box Lengths} \target Box Lengths + \li \l{#Length}{Length}\{1,4\} + \li One to four occurrences of \l{#Length}{Length}, specifying the top, right, bottom, and left edges of a box, respectively. If the left length is not specified, it is taken to be the same as the right length. If the bottom @@ -2768,21 +2768,21 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 83 \row - \o \bold{Brush} \target Brush - \o \l{#Color}{Color} \BR + \li \b{Brush} \target Brush + \li \l{#Color}{Color} \BR | \l{Gradient} \BR | \l{PaletteRole} - \o Specifies a Color or a Gradient or an entry in the Palette. + \li Specifies a Color or a Gradient or an entry in the Palette. \row - \o \bold{Color} \target Color - \o \tt{rgb(\e{r}, \e{g}, \e{b})} \BR + \li \b{Color} \target Color + \li \tt{rgb(\e{r}, \e{g}, \e{b})} \BR | \tt{rgba(\e{r}, \e{g}, \e{b}, \e{a})} \BR | \tt{hsv(\e{h}, \e{s}, \e{v})} \BR | \tt{hsva(\e{h}, \e{s}, \e{v}, \e{a})} \BR | \tt{#\e{rrggbb}} \BR | \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{Color Name} \BR - \o Specifies a color as RGB (red, green, blue) or RGBA + \li Specifies a color as RGB (red, green, blue) or RGBA (red, green, blue, alpha) or HSV (hue, saturation, value) or HSVA (hue, saturation, value, alpha) or a named color. The \c rgb() or \c rgba() syntax can be used with integer values between 0 and 255, or with @@ -2798,45 +2798,45 @@ \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units}{here}. \row - \o \bold{Font} \target Font - \o (\l{#Font Style}{Font Style} | \l{#Font Weight}{Font Weight}){0,2} \l{#Font Size}{Font Size} String - \o Shorthand font property. + \li \b{Font} \target Font + \li (\l{#Font Style}{Font Style} | \l{#Font Weight}{Font Weight}){0,2} \l{#Font Size}{Font Size} String + \li Shorthand font property. \row - \o \bold{Font Size} \target Font Size - \o \l{Length} - \o The size of a font. + \li \b{Font Size} \target Font Size + \li \l{Length} + \li The size of a font. \row - \o \bold{Font Style} \target Font Style - \o \c normal \BR + \li \b{Font Style} \target Font Style + \li \c normal \BR | \c italic \BR | \c oblique - \o The style of a font. + \li The style of a font. \row - \o \bold{Font Weight} \target Font Weight - \o \c normal \BR + \li \b{Font Weight} \target Font Weight + \li \c normal \BR | \c bold \BR | \c 100 \BR | \c 200 \BR ... \BR | \c 900 - \o The weight of a font. + \li The weight of a font. \row - \o \bold{Gradient} \target Gradient - \o \c qlineargradient \BR + \li \b{Gradient} \target Gradient + \li \c qlineargradient \BR | \c qradialgradient \BR | \c qconicalgradient - \o Specifies gradient fills. There are three types of gradient fills: + \li Specifies gradient fills. There are three types of gradient fills: \list - \o \e{Linear} gradients interpolate colors between start and + \li \e{Linear} gradients interpolate colors between start and end points. - \o \e{Radial} gradients interpolate colors between a focal + \li \e{Radial} gradients interpolate colors between a focal point and end points on a circle surrounding it. - \o \e{Conical} gradients interpolate colors around a center + \li \e{Conical} gradients interpolate colors around a center point. \endlist @@ -2855,18 +2855,18 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 85 \row - \o \bold{Icon} \target Icon - \o (\l{#Url}{Url} (\c disabled | \c active | \c normal | \c selected)? + \li \b{Icon} \target Icon + \li (\l{#Url}{Url} (\c disabled | \c active | \c normal | \c selected)? (\c on | \c off)? )* - \o A list of url, QIcon::Mode and QIcon::State. + \li A list of url, QIcon::Mode and QIcon::State. Example: \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 86 \row - \o \bold{Length} \target Length - \o \l{#Number}{Number} (\c px | \c pt | \c em | \c ex)? - \o A number followed by a measurement unit. The CSS standard recommends + \li \b{Length} \target Length + \li \l{#Number}{Number} (\c px | \c pt | \c em | \c ex)? + \li A number followed by a measurement unit. The CSS standard recommends that user agents must \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#illegalvalues}{ignore} a declaration with an illegal value. In Qt, it is mandatory to @@ -2875,32 +2875,32 @@ in most contexts. The supported units are: \list - \o \c px: pixels - \o \c pt: the size of one point (i.e., 1/72 of an inch) - \o \c em: the em width of the font (i.e., the width of 'M') - \o \c ex: the ex width of the font (i.e., the height of 'x') + \li \c px: pixels + \li \c pt: the size of one point (i.e., 1/72 of an inch) + \li \c em: the em width of the font (i.e., the width of 'M') + \li \c ex: the ex width of the font (i.e., the height of 'x') \endlist \row - \o \bold{Number} \target Number - \o A decimal integer or a real number - \o Examples: \c 0, \c 18, \c +127, \c -255, \c 12.34, \c -.5, + \li \b{Number} \target Number + \li A decimal integer or a real number + \li Examples: \c 0, \c 18, \c +127, \c -255, \c 12.34, \c -.5, \c 0009. \row - \o \bold{Origin} \target Origin - \o \c margin \BR + \li \b{Origin} \target Origin + \li \c margin \BR | \c border \BR | \c padding \BR | \c content - \o Indicates which of four rectangles to use. + \li Indicates which of four rectangles to use. \list - \o \c margin: The margin rectangle. The margin falls outside the border. - \o \c border: The border rectangle. This is where any border is drawn. - \o \c padding: The padding rectangle. Unlike the margins, + \li \c margin: The margin rectangle. The margin falls outside the border. + \li \c border: The border rectangle. This is where any border is drawn. + \li \c padding: The padding rectangle. Unlike the margins, padding is located inside the border. - \o \c content: The content rectangle. This specifies where + \li \c content: The content rectangle. This specifies where the actual contents go, excluding any padding, border, or margin. \endlist @@ -2908,8 +2908,8 @@ See also \l{The Box Model}. \row - \o \bold{PaletteRole} \target PaletteRole - \o \c alternate-base \BR + \li \b{PaletteRole} \target PaletteRole + \li \c alternate-base \BR | \c base \BR | \c bright-text \BR | \c button \BR @@ -2926,40 +2926,40 @@ | \c text \BR | \c window \BR | \c window-text \BR - \o These values correspond the \l{QPalette::ColorRole}{Color roles} + \li These values correspond the \l{QPalette::ColorRole}{Color roles} in the widget's QPalette. For example, \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 87 \row - \o \bold{Radius} \target Radius - \o \l{#Length}{Length}\{1, 2\} - \o One or two occurrences of \l{#Length}{Length}. If only one length is + \li \b{Radius} \target Radius + \li \l{#Length}{Length}\{1, 2\} + \li One or two occurrences of \l{#Length}{Length}. If only one length is specified, it is used as the radius of the quarter circle defining the corner. If two lengths are specified, the first length is the horizontal radius of a quarter ellipse, whereas the second length is the vertical radius. \row - \o \bold{Repeat} \target Repeat - \o \c repeat-x \BR + \li \b{Repeat} \target Repeat + \li \c repeat-x \BR | \c repeat-y \BR | \c repeat \BR | \c no-repeat - \o A value indicating the nature of repetition. + \li A value indicating the nature of repetition. \list - \o \c repeat-x: Repeat horizontally. - \o \c repeat-y: Repeat vertically. - \o \c repeat: Repeat horizontally and vertically. - \o \c no-repeat: Don't repeat. + \li \c repeat-x: Repeat horizontally. + \li \c repeat-y: Repeat vertically. + \li \c repeat: Repeat horizontally and vertically. + \li \c no-repeat: Don't repeat. \endlist \row - \o \bold{Url} \target Url - \o \tt{url(\e{filename})} - \o \tt{\e{filename}} is the name of a file on the local disk + \li \b{Url} \target Url + \li \tt{url(\e{filename})} + \li \tt{\e{filename}} is the name of a file on the local disk or stored using \l{the Qt Resource System}. Setting an image implicitly sets the width and height of the element. @@ -2971,218 +2971,218 @@ \table 100% \header - \o Pseudo-State - \o Description + \li Pseudo-State + \li Description - \row \o \c :active \target active - \o This state is set when the widget resides in an active window. + \row \li \c :active \target active + \li This state is set when the widget resides in an active window. \row - \o \c :adjoins-item \target adjoins-item-ps - \o This state is set when the \l{#branch-sub}{::branch} of a QTreeView + \li \c :adjoins-item \target adjoins-item-ps + \li This state is set when the \l{#branch-sub}{::branch} of a QTreeView is adjacent to an item. \row - \o \c :alternate \target alternate-ps - \o This state is set for every alternate row whe painting the row of + \li \c :alternate \target alternate-ps + \li This state is set for every alternate row whe painting the row of a QAbstractItemView when QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors() is set to true. \row - \o \c :bottom \target bottom-ps - \o The item is positioned at the bottom. For example, a QTabBar + \li \c :bottom \target bottom-ps + \li The item is positioned at the bottom. For example, a QTabBar that has its tabs positioned at the bottom. \row - \o \c :checked \target checked-ps - \o The item is checked. For example, the + \li \c :checked \target checked-ps + \li The item is checked. For example, the \l{QAbstractButton::checked}{checked} state of QAbstractButton. \row - \o \c :closable \target closable-ps - \o The items can be closed. For example, the QDockWidget has the + \li \c :closable \target closable-ps + \li The items can be closed. For example, the QDockWidget has the QDockWidget::DockWidgetClosable feature turned on. \row - \o \c :closed \target closed-ps - \o The item is in the closed state. For example, an non-expanded + \li \c :closed \target closed-ps + \li The item is in the closed state. For example, an non-expanded item in a QTreeView \row - \o \c :default \target default-ps - \o The item is the default. For example, a + \li \c :default \target default-ps + \li The item is the default. For example, a \l{QPushButton::default}{default} QPushButton or a default action in a QMenu. \row - \o \c :disabled \target disabled-ps - \o The item is \l{QWidget::enabled}{disabled}. + \li \c :disabled \target disabled-ps + \li The item is \l{QWidget::enabled}{disabled}. \row - \o \c :editable \target editable-ps - \o The QComboBox is editable. + \li \c :editable \target editable-ps + \li The QComboBox is editable. \row - \o \c :edit-focus \target edit-focus-ps - \o The item has edit focus (See QStyle::State_HasEditFocus). This state + \li \c :edit-focus \target edit-focus-ps + \li The item has edit focus (See QStyle::State_HasEditFocus). This state is available only for Qt Extended applications. \row - \o \c :enabled \target enabled-ps - \o The item is \l{QWidget::enabled}{enabled}. + \li \c :enabled \target enabled-ps + \li The item is \l{QWidget::enabled}{enabled}. \row - \o \c :exclusive \target exclusive-ps - \o The item is part of an exclusive item group. For example, a menu + \li \c :exclusive \target exclusive-ps + \li The item is part of an exclusive item group. For example, a menu item in a exclusive QActionGroup. \row - \o \c :first \target first-ps - \o The item is the first (in a list). For example, the first + \li \c :first \target first-ps + \li The item is the first (in a list). For example, the first tab in a QTabBar. \row - \o \c :flat \target flat-ps - \o The item is flat. For example, a + \li \c :flat \target flat-ps + \li The item is flat. For example, a \l{QPushButton::flat}{flat} QPushButton. \row - \o \c :floatable \target floatable-ps - \o The items can be floated. For example, the QDockWidget has the + \li \c :floatable \target floatable-ps + \li The items can be floated. For example, the QDockWidget has the QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable feature turned on. \row - \o \c :focus \target focus-ps - \o The item has \l{QWidget::hasFocus()}{input focus}. + \li \c :focus \target focus-ps + \li The item has \l{QWidget::hasFocus()}{input focus}. \row - \o \c :has-children \target has-children-ps - \o The item has children. For example, an item in a + \li \c :has-children \target has-children-ps + \li The item has children. For example, an item in a QTreeView that has child items. \row - \o \c :has-siblings \target has-siblings-ps - \o The item has siblings. For example, an item in a + \li \c :has-siblings \target has-siblings-ps + \li The item has siblings. For example, an item in a QTreeView that siblings. \row - \o \c :horizontal \target horizontal-ps - \o The item has horizontal orientation + \li \c :horizontal \target horizontal-ps + \li The item has horizontal orientation \row - \o \c :hover \target hover-ps - \o The mouse is hovering over the item. + \li \c :hover \target hover-ps + \li The mouse is hovering over the item. \row - \o \c :indeterminate \target indeterminate-ps - \o The item has indeterminate state. For example, a QCheckBox + \li \c :indeterminate \target indeterminate-ps + \li The item has indeterminate state. For example, a QCheckBox or QRadioButton is \l{Qt::PartiallyChecked}{partially checked}. \row - \o \c :last \target last-ps - \o The item is the last (in a list). For example, the last + \li \c :last \target last-ps + \li The item is the last (in a list). For example, the last tab in a QTabBar. \row - \o \c :left \target left-ps - \o The item is positioned at the left. For example, a QTabBar + \li \c :left \target left-ps + \li The item is positioned at the left. For example, a QTabBar that has its tabs positioned at the left. \row - \o \c :maximized \target maximized-ps - \o The item is maximized. For example, a maximized QMdiSubWindow. + \li \c :maximized \target maximized-ps + \li The item is maximized. For example, a maximized QMdiSubWindow. \row - \o \c :middle \target middle-ps - \o The item is in the middle (in a list). For example, a tab + \li \c :middle \target middle-ps + \li The item is in the middle (in a list). For example, a tab that is not in the beginning or the end in a QTabBar. \row - \o \c :minimized \target minimized-ps - \o The item is minimized. For example, a minimized QMdiSubWindow. + \li \c :minimized \target minimized-ps + \li The item is minimized. For example, a minimized QMdiSubWindow. \row - \o \c :movable \target movable-ps - \o The item can be moved around. For example, the QDockWidget has the + \li \c :movable \target movable-ps + \li The item can be moved around. For example, the QDockWidget has the QDockWidget::DockWidgetMovable feature turned on. \row - \o \c :no-frame \target no-frame-ps - \o The item has no frame. For example, a frameless QSpinBox + \li \c :no-frame \target no-frame-ps + \li The item has no frame. For example, a frameless QSpinBox or QLineEdit. \row - \o \c :non-exclusive \target non-exclusive-ps - \o The item is part of a non-exclusive item group. For example, a menu + \li \c :non-exclusive \target non-exclusive-ps + \li The item is part of a non-exclusive item group. For example, a menu item in a non-exclusive QActionGroup. \row - \o \c :off \target off-ps - \o For items that can be toggled, this applies to items + \li \c :off \target off-ps + \li For items that can be toggled, this applies to items in the "off" state. \row - \o \c :on \target on-ps - \o For items that can be toggled, this applies to widgets + \li \c :on \target on-ps + \li For items that can be toggled, this applies to widgets in the "on" state. \row - \o \c :only-one \target only-one-ps - \o The item is the only one (in a list). For example, a lone tab + \li \c :only-one \target only-one-ps + \li The item is the only one (in a list). For example, a lone tab in a QTabBar. \row - \o \c :open \target open-ps - \o The item is in the open state. For example, an expanded + \li \c :open \target open-ps + \li The item is in the open state. For example, an expanded item in a QTreeView, or a QComboBox or QPushButton with an open menu. \row - \o \c :next-selected \target next-selected-ps - \o The next item (in a list) is selected. For example, the + \li \c :next-selected \target next-selected-ps + \li The next item (in a list) is selected. For example, the selected tab of a QTabBar is next to this item. \row - \o \c :pressed \target pressed-ps - \o The item is being pressed using the mouse. + \li \c :pressed \target pressed-ps + \li The item is being pressed using the mouse. \row - \o \c :previous-selected \target previous-selected-ps - \o The previous item (in a list) is selected. For example, a + \li \c :previous-selected \target previous-selected-ps + \li The previous item (in a list) is selected. For example, a tab in a QTabBar that is next to the selected tab. \row - \o \c :read-only \target read-only-ps - \o The item is marked read only or non-editable. For example, + \li \c :read-only \target read-only-ps + \li The item is marked read only or non-editable. For example, a read only QLineEdit or a non-editable QComboBox. \row - \o \c :right \target right-ps - \o The item is positioned at the right. For example, a QTabBar + \li \c :right \target right-ps + \li The item is positioned at the right. For example, a QTabBar that has its tabs positioned at the right. \row - \o \c :selected \target selected-ps - \o The item is selected. For example, the selected tab in + \li \c :selected \target selected-ps + \li The item is selected. For example, the selected tab in a QTabBar or the selected item in a QMenu. \row - \o \c :top \target top-ps - \o The item is positioned at the top. For example, a QTabBar + \li \c :top \target top-ps + \li The item is positioned at the top. For example, a QTabBar that has its tabs positioned at the top. \row - \o \c :unchecked \target unchecked-ps - \o The item is + \li \c :unchecked \target unchecked-ps + \li The item is \l{QAbstractButton::checked}{unchecked}. \row - \o \c :vertical \target vertical-ps - \o The item has vertical orientation. + \li \c :vertical \target vertical-ps + \li The item has vertical orientation. \row - \o \c :window \target window-ps - \o The widget is a window (i.e top level widget) + \li \c :window \target window-ps + \li The widget is a window (i.e top level widget) \endtable @@ -3193,162 +3193,162 @@ \table 100% \header - \o Sub-Control - \o Description + \li Sub-Control + \li Description \row - \o \c ::add-line \target add-line-sub - \o The button to add a line of a QScrollBar. + \li \c ::add-line \target add-line-sub + \li The button to add a line of a QScrollBar. \row - \o \c ::add-page \target add-page-sub - \o The region between the handle (slider) and the \l{#add-line-sub}{add-line} + \li \c ::add-page \target add-page-sub + \li The region between the handle (slider) and the \l{#add-line-sub}{add-line} of a QScrollBar. \row - \o \c ::branch \target branch-sub - \o The branch indicator of a QTreeView. + \li \c ::branch \target branch-sub + \li The branch indicator of a QTreeView. \row - \o \c ::chunk \target chunk-sub - \o The progress chunk of a QProgressBar. + \li \c ::chunk \target chunk-sub + \li The progress chunk of a QProgressBar. \row - \o \c ::close-button \target close-button-sub - \o The close button of a QDockWidget or tabs of QTabBar + \li \c ::close-button \target close-button-sub + \li The close button of a QDockWidget or tabs of QTabBar \row - \o \c ::corner \target corner-sub - \o The corner between two scrollbars in a QAbstractScrollArea + \li \c ::corner \target corner-sub + \li The corner between two scrollbars in a QAbstractScrollArea \row - \o \c ::down-arrow \target down-arrow-sub - \o The down arrow of a QComboBox, QHeaderView (sort indicator), + \li \c ::down-arrow \target down-arrow-sub + \li The down arrow of a QComboBox, QHeaderView (sort indicator), QScrollBar or QSpinBox. \row - \o \c ::down-button \target down-button-sub - \o The down button of a QScrollBar or a QSpinBox. + \li \c ::down-button \target down-button-sub + \li The down button of a QScrollBar or a QSpinBox. \row - \o \c ::drop-down \target drop-down-sub - \o The drop-down button of a QComboBox. + \li \c ::drop-down \target drop-down-sub + \li The drop-down button of a QComboBox. \row - \o \c ::float-button \target float-button-sub - \o The float button of a QDockWidget + \li \c ::float-button \target float-button-sub + \li The float button of a QDockWidget \row - \o \c ::groove \target groove-sub - \o The groove of a QSlider. + \li \c ::groove \target groove-sub + \li The groove of a QSlider. \row - \o \c ::indicator \target indicator-sub - \o The indicator of a QAbstractItemView, a QCheckBox, a QRadioButton, + \li \c ::indicator \target indicator-sub + \li The indicator of a QAbstractItemView, a QCheckBox, a QRadioButton, a checkable QMenu item or a checkable QGroupBox. \row - \o \c ::handle \target handle-sub - \o The handle (slider) of a QScrollBar, a QSplitter, or a QSlider. + \li \c ::handle \target handle-sub + \li The handle (slider) of a QScrollBar, a QSplitter, or a QSlider. \row - \o \c ::icon \target icon-sub - \o The icon of a QAbstractItemView or a QMenu. + \li \c ::icon \target icon-sub + \li The icon of a QAbstractItemView or a QMenu. \row - \o \c ::item \target item-sub - \o An item of a QAbstractItemView, a QMenuBar, a QMenu, or + \li \c ::item \target item-sub + \li An item of a QAbstractItemView, a QMenuBar, a QMenu, or a QStatusBar. \row - \o \c ::left-arrow \target left-arrow-sub - \o The left arrow of a QScrollBar. + \li \c ::left-arrow \target left-arrow-sub + \li The left arrow of a QScrollBar. \row - \o \c ::left-corner \target left-corner-sub - \o The left corner of a QTabWidget. For example, this control can be + \li \c ::left-corner \target left-corner-sub + \li The left corner of a QTabWidget. For example, this control can be used to control position the left corner widget in a QTabWidget. \row - \o \c ::menu-arrow \target menu-arrow-sub - \o The arrow of a QToolButton with a menu. + \li \c ::menu-arrow \target menu-arrow-sub + \li The arrow of a QToolButton with a menu. \row - \o \c ::menu-button \target menu-button-sub - \o The menu button of a QToolButton. + \li \c ::menu-button \target menu-button-sub + \li The menu button of a QToolButton. \row - \o \c ::menu-indicator \target menu-indicator-sub - \o The menu indicator of a QPushButton. + \li \c ::menu-indicator \target menu-indicator-sub + \li The menu indicator of a QPushButton. \row - \o \c ::right-arrow \target right-arrow-sub - \o The right arrow of a QMenu or a QScrollBar. + \li \c ::right-arrow \target right-arrow-sub + \li The right arrow of a QMenu or a QScrollBar. \row - \o \c ::pane \target pane-sub - \o The pane (frame) of a QTabWidget. + \li \c ::pane \target pane-sub + \li The pane (frame) of a QTabWidget. \row - \o \c ::right-corner \target right-corner-sub - \o The right corner of a QTabWidget. For example, this control can be + \li \c ::right-corner \target right-corner-sub + \li The right corner of a QTabWidget. For example, this control can be used to control the position the right corner widget in a QTabWidget. \row - \o \c ::scroller \target scroller-sub - \o The scroller of a QMenu or QTabBar. + \li \c ::scroller \target scroller-sub + \li The scroller of a QMenu or QTabBar. \row - \o \c ::section \target section-sub - \o The section of a QHeaderView. + \li \c ::section \target section-sub + \li The section of a QHeaderView. \row - \o \c ::separator \target separator-sub - \o The separator of a QMenu or in a QMainWindow. + \li \c ::separator \target separator-sub + \li The separator of a QMenu or in a QMainWindow. \row - \o \c ::sub-line \target sub-line-sub - \o The button to subtract a line of a QScrollBar. + \li \c ::sub-line \target sub-line-sub + \li The button to subtract a line of a QScrollBar. \row - \o \c ::sub-page \target sub-page-sub - \o The region between the handle (slider) and the \l{#sub-line-sub}{sub-line} + \li \c ::sub-page \target sub-page-sub + \li The region between the handle (slider) and the \l{#sub-line-sub}{sub-line} of a QScrollBar. \row - \o \c ::tab \target tab-sub - \o The tab of a QTabBar or QToolBox. + \li \c ::tab \target tab-sub + \li The tab of a QTabBar or QToolBox. \row - \o \c ::tab-bar \target tab-bar-sub - \o The tab bar of a QTabWidget. This subcontrol exists only to + \li \c ::tab-bar \target tab-bar-sub + \li The tab bar of a QTabWidget. This subcontrol exists only to control the position of the QTabBar inside the QTabWidget. To style the tabs using the \l{#tab-sub}{::tab} subcontrol. \row - \o \c ::tear \target tear-sub - \o The tear indicator of a QTabBar. + \li \c ::tear \target tear-sub + \li The tear indicator of a QTabBar. \row - \o \c ::tearoff \target tearoff-sub - \o The tear-off indicator of a QMenu. + \li \c ::tearoff \target tearoff-sub + \li The tear-off indicator of a QMenu. \row - \o \c ::text \target text-ps - \o The text of a QAbstractItemView. + \li \c ::text \target text-ps + \li The text of a QAbstractItemView. \row - \o \c ::title \target title-sub - \o The title of a QGroupBox or a QDockWidget. + \li \c ::title \target title-sub + \li The title of a QGroupBox or a QDockWidget. \row - \o \c ::up-arrow \target up-arrow-sub - \o The up arrow of a QHeaderView (sort indicator), QScrollBar + \li \c ::up-arrow \target up-arrow-sub + \li The up arrow of a QHeaderView (sort indicator), QScrollBar or a QSpinBox. \row - \o \c ::up-button \target up-button-sub - \o The up button of a QSpinBox. + \li \c ::up-button \target up-button-sub + \li The up button of a QSpinBox. \endtable @@ -3441,11 +3441,11 @@ What happened is this: \list - \o We have made a request that cannot be satisfied using the + \li We have made a request that cannot be satisfied using the native styles alone (e.g., the Windows XP theme engine doesn't let us specify the background color of a button). - \o Therefore, the button is rendered using style sheets. - \o We haven't specified any values for + \li Therefore, the button is rendered using style sheets. + \li We haven't specified any values for \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}{border-width} and \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style}, so by default we obtain a 0-pixel wide border of style \c none. @@ -3836,18 +3836,18 @@ There are three types of QToolButtons. \list - \i The QToolButton has no menu. In this case, the QToolButton is styled + \li The QToolButton has no menu. In this case, the QToolButton is styled exactly like QPushButton. See \l{#Customizing QPushButton}{Customizing QPushButton} for an example. - \i The QToolButton has a menu and has the QToolButton::popupMode set to + \li The QToolButton has a menu and has the QToolButton::popupMode set to QToolButton::DelayedPopup or QToolButton::InstantPopup. In this case, the QToolButton is styled exactly like a QPushButton with a menu. See \l{#Customizing QPushButton}{Customizing QPushButton} for an example of the usage of the menu-indicator pseudo state. - \i The QToolButton has its QToolButton::popupMode set to + \li The QToolButton has its QToolButton::popupMode set to QToolButton::MenuButtonPopup. In this case, we style it as follows: \endlist @@ -3885,17 +3885,17 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage stylesheet-vline.png - \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-more.png - \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-end.png - \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-closed.png - \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-open.png - \row - \o vline.png - \o branch-more.png - \o branch-end.png - \o branch-closed.png - \o branch-open.png + \li \inlineimage stylesheet-vline.png + \li \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-more.png + \li \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-end.png + \li \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-closed.png + \li \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-open.png + \row + \li vline.png + \li branch-more.png + \li branch-end.png + \li branch-closed.png + \li branch-open.png \endtable \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 158 @@ -3948,16 +3948,16 @@ \table \row - \o \inlineimage stylesheet-border-image-stretched.png + \li \inlineimage stylesheet-border-image-stretched.png \row - \o With borders + \li With borders \endtable \table \row - \o \inlineimage stylesheet-border-image-wrong.png + \li \inlineimage stylesheet-border-image-wrong.png \row - \o Without borders + \li Without borders \endtable */ diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc index a84f12e70f..e80b0fbec0 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ \table \row - \o \image qgridlayout-with-5-children.png - \o \image qformlayout-with-6-children.png + \li \image qgridlayout-with-5-children.png + \li \image qformlayout-with-6-children.png \endtable \l{Qt Designer Manual}{\QD} is a powerful tool for interactively creating and @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ \table \row - \o \image windowsxp-tabwidget.png - \o \image plastique-tabwidget.png - \o \image macintosh-tabwidget.png + \li \image windowsxp-tabwidget.png + \li \image plastique-tabwidget.png + \li \image macintosh-tabwidget.png \endtable \l{Qt Style Sheets} are a powerful mechanism that allows you to customize the @@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ \table \row - \o \image windows-label.png - \o \image windowsvista-pushbutton.png - \o \image gtk-progressbar.png + \li \image windows-label.png + \li \image windowsvista-pushbutton.png + \li \image gtk-progressbar.png \row - \o \image plastique-combobox.png - \o \image macintosh-radiobutton.png - \o \image cde-lineedit.png + \li \image plastique-combobox.png + \li \image macintosh-radiobutton.png + \li \image cde-lineedit.png \endtable \annotatedlist basicwidgets @@ -112,17 +112,17 @@ \table \row - \o \image windowsxp-treeview.png - \o \image gtk-calendarwidget.png - \o \image qundoview.png + \li \image windowsxp-treeview.png + \li \image gtk-calendarwidget.png + \li \image qundoview.png \endtable \annotatedlist advanced \table \row - \o \image windowsvista-tabwidget.png - \o \image macintosh-groupbox.png + \li \image windowsvista-tabwidget.png + \li \image macintosh-groupbox.png \endtable \section2 Organizer Widgets diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-tutorial.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-tutorial.qdoc index 1d010651e5..735a7ebc54 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/widgets-tutorial.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/widgets-tutorial.qdoc @@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ the \c main() function. \list - \o \l {tutorials/widgets/toplevel} {Creating a window} + \li \l {tutorials/widgets/toplevel} {Creating a window} - \o \l {tutorials/widgets/childwidget} {Creating child widgets} + \li \l {tutorials/widgets/childwidget} {Creating child widgets} - \o \l {tutorials/widgets/windowlayout} {Using layouts} + \li \l {tutorials/widgets/windowlayout} {Using layouts} - \o \l {tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts} {Nested layouts} + \li \l {tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts} {Nested layouts} \endlist \section1 Real world widget examples @@ -103,14 +103,14 @@ \list 1 - \o From a command prompt, enter the directory containing the + \li From a command prompt, enter the directory containing the example you have modified. - \o Type \c qmake and press \key{Return}. If this doesn't work, + \li Type \c qmake and press \key{Return}. If this doesn't work, make sure that the executable is on your path, or enter its full location. - \o On Linux/Unix and Mac OS X, type \c make and press + \li On Linux/Unix and Mac OS X, type \c make and press \key{Return}; on Windows with Visual Studio, type \c nmake and press \key{Return}. @@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ \div {class="qt-code"} \table \row - \o \snippet tutorials/widgets/toplevel/main.cpp main program - \o \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-toplevel.png + \li \snippet tutorials/widgets/toplevel/main.cpp main program + \li \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-toplevel.png \endtable \enddiv @@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ \div {class="qt-code"} \table \row - \o \snippet tutorials/widgets/childwidget/main.cpp main program - \o \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-childwidget.png + \li \snippet tutorials/widgets/childwidget/main.cpp main program + \li \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-childwidget.png \endtable \enddiv @@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ \div {class="qt-code"} \table \row - \o \snippet tutorials/widgets/windowlayout/main.cpp main program - \o \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-windowlayout.png + \li \snippet tutorials/widgets/windowlayout/main.cpp main program + \li \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-windowlayout.png \endtable \enddiv @@ -219,9 +219,9 @@ \div {class="qt-code"} \table \row - \o \snippet tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts/main.cpp first part + \li \snippet tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts/main.cpp first part \snippet tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts/main.cpp last part - \o \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-nestedlayouts.png + \li \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-nestedlayouts.png \endtable \enddiv diff --git a/doc/src/widgets/windows-and-dialogs/mainwindow.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets/windows-and-dialogs/mainwindow.qdoc index 1517116c05..3a2efb06a2 100644 --- a/doc/src/widgets/windows-and-dialogs/mainwindow.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/widgets/windows-and-dialogs/mainwindow.qdoc @@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ most common usage transparently. \list - \o \bold{Including the window frame:} + \li \b{Including the window frame:} \l{QWidget::x()}{x()}, \l{QWidget::y()}{y()}, \l{QWidget::frameGeometry()}{frameGeometry()}, \l{QWidget::pos()}{pos()}, and \l{QWidget::move()}{move()}. - \o \bold{Excluding the window frame:} + \li \b{Excluding the window frame:} \l{QWidget::geometry()}{geometry()}, \l{QWidget::width()}{width()}, \l{QWidget::height()}{height()}, @@ -169,17 +169,17 @@ associated user interface components: \list - \o QMainWindow remains the central class around which applications + \li QMainWindow remains the central class around which applications can be built. The interface to this class has been simplified, and much of the functionality previously included in this class is now present in the companion QDockWidget and QToolBar classes. - \o QDockWidget provides a widget that can be used to create + \li QDockWidget provides a widget that can be used to create detachable tool palettes or helper windows. Dock widgets keep track of their own properties, and they can be moved, closed, and floated as external windows. - \o QToolBar provides a generic toolbar widget that can hold a + \li QToolBar provides a generic toolbar widget that can hold a number of different action-related widgets, such as buttons, drop-down menus, comboboxes, and spin boxes. The emphasis on a unified action model in Qt 4 means that toolbars cooperate well |